Annual Statements Open main menu

EAST WEST BANCORP INC - Annual Report: 2014 (Form 10-K)



 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 Mark One
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
or
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from               to              .
 
Commission file number 000-24939
 EAST WEST BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
95-4703316
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
135 North Los Robles Ave., 7th Floor, Pasadena, California
 (Address of principal executive offices)
 
91101
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(626) 768-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
 
 
Title of each class
 
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
 
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value
 
NASDAQ “Global Select Market”
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x  No ¨
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨  No x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x  No ¨
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
 
Large accelerated filer
x
 
Non-accelerated filer
¨
 
 
 
 
 
Accelerated filer
¨
 
Smaller reporting company
¨
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨  No x
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $4,967,770,786 (based on the June 30, 2014 closing price of Common Stock of $34.99 per share).
 
As of January 31, 2015, 143,583,710 shares of East West Bancorp, Inc. of Common Stock were outstanding.
 
DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement relating to its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 




EAST WEST BANCORP, INC.
2014 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


2



PART I
 
Certain matters discussed in this Annual Report contain or incorporate statements that East West Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) believes are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 175 promulgated thereunder, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Rule 3b-6 promulgated thereunder. These statements relate to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance or business. They usually can be identified by the use of forward-looking language, such as “likely result in,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “projects,” “intends to,” or may include other similar words or phrases, such as “believes,” “plans,” “trend,” “objective,” “continues,” “remain,” or similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs, such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “might,” “can,” or similar verbs. You should not place undue reliance on these statements, as they are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the documents incorporated by reference. When considering these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risks and uncertainties, as well as any cautionary statements the Company may make. Moreover, you should treat these statements as speaking only as of the date they are made and based only on information then actually known to the Company. 
There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to:

our ability to achieve the projected synergies of the MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. (“MetroCorp”) acquisition;
changes in our borrowers’ performance on loans;
changes in the commercial and consumer real estate markets;
changes in our costs of operation, compliance and expansion;
changes in the U.S. economy, including inflation;
changes in government interest rate policies;
changes in laws or the regulatory environment;
changes in the economy of and monetary policy in the People’s Republic of China;
changes in critical accounting policies and judgments;
changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other regulatory agencies;
changes in the equity and debt securities markets;
changes in competitive pressures on financial institutions;
effect of additional provision for loan losses;
effect of government budget cuts and government shut down;
fluctuations of our stock price;
success and timing of our business strategies;
impact of reputational risk created by these developments on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity;
impact of potential federal tax increases and spending cuts;
impact of adverse judgments or settlements in litigation against the Company;
changes in our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries; and
impact of political developments, wars or other hostilities which may disrupt or increase volatility in securities or otherwise affect economic conditions.

For a more detailed discussion of some of the factors that might cause such differences, see “ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS” presented elsewhere in this report. The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of events or circumstances after the date of such statements, except as required by law.


3



ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 
Organization
East West Bancorp, Inc.  East West Bancorp, Inc. (referred to herein on an unconsolidated basis as “East West” and on a consolidated basis as the “Company” or “we”) is a bank holding company incorporated in Delaware on August 26, 1998 and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). The Company commenced business on December 30, 1998 when, pursuant to a reorganization, it acquired all of the voting stock of East West Bank, or the “Bank”. The Bank is the Company’s principal asset. In addition to the Bank, the Company has six other subsidiaries established as statutory business trusts as of December 31, 2014 (the “Trusts”) and one subsidiary that provides business and consumer insurance services. The Trusts were set up for the purpose of issuing junior subordinated debt to third party investors.
East West’s principal business is to serve as a holding company for the Bank and other banking or banking-related subsidiaries which East West may establish or acquire. East West has not engaged in any other activities to date. As a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, East West’s principal source of funds is, and will continue to be, dividends that may be paid by its subsidiaries. East West’s other sources of funds include proceeds from the issuance of its common stock in connection with stock option and employee stock purchase plans. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $28.74 billion in total consolidated assets, $21.51 billion in net consolidated loans, and $24.01 billion in total consolidated deposits.
The principal office of the Company is located at 135 N. Los Robles Ave., 7th Floor, Pasadena, California 91101, and the telephone number is (626) 768-6000.
East West Insurance Services, Inc.  On August 22, 2000, East West completed the acquisition of East West Insurance Services, Inc. (the “Agency”) in a stock exchange transaction. The Agency provides business and consumer insurance services primarily to the Southern California market. The Agency runs its operations autonomously from the operations of the Company. The operations of the Agency are limited and are not deemed material in relation to the overall operations of the Company.
East West Bank.  East West Bank was chartered by the Federal Home Loan Bank Board in June 1972, as the first federally chartered savings institution focused primarily on the Chinese-American community, and opened for business at its first office in the Chinatown district of Los Angeles in January 1973. From 1973 until the early 1990’s, the Bank conducted a traditional savings and loan business by making predominantly long-term, single-family and multifamily residential loans and commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. These loans were made principally within the ethnic Chinese market in Southern California and were funded primarily with retail savings deposits and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of San Francisco. The Bank has emphasized commercial lending since its conversion to a state-chartered commercial bank on July 31, 1995 and also provides commercial business and trade finance loans for companies primarily located in the U.S.
As of December 31, 2014, the Bank has three wholly owned subsidiaries. The first subsidiary, E-W Services, Inc., is a California corporation organized by the Bank in 1977. E-W Services, Inc. holds property used by the Bank in its operations. The second subsidiary, East-West Investments, Inc., primarily acts as a trustee in connection with real estate secured loans. The remaining subsidiary is East West Bank (China) Limited.
On November 6, 2009, the Bank acquired United Commercial Bank (“UCB”), a California state-chartered bank headquartered in San Francisco, California. Under the terms of the UCB Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Bank acquired certain assets of UCB with a fair value of approximately $9.86 billion and assumed liabilities with a fair value of approximately $9.57 billion. On June 11, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Washington First International Bank (“WFIB”), a Washington state-chartered bank headquartered in Seattle, Washington. Under the terms of the WFIB Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the Bank acquired certain assets of WFIB with a fair value of approximately $492.6 million and liabilities with a fair value of approximately $481.3 million were assumed. Both of these transactions were Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)-assisted acquisitions.
On January 17, 2014, the Bank completed the acquisition of Metrocorp, parent of MetroBank, N.A. and Metro United Bank. MetroCorp, headquartered in Houston, Texas, operated 19 branch locations within Texas and California under its two banks. The Bank acquired MetroCorp to further expand its presence, primarily in Texas, within the markets of Houston and Dallas, and in California, within the San Diego market. The purchase consideration was satisfied with two thirds in East West stock and one third in cash. Approximately $1.70 billion of assets were acquired and $1.41 billion of liabilities were assumed.

4



The Bank has also grown through strategic partnerships. On August 30, 2001, the Bank entered into an agreement with 99 Ranch Market, the largest Asian focused chain of supermarkets on the West Coast, to provide retail banking services in their stores throughout California. The Bank is currently providing in-store banking services in twelve 99 Ranch Market locations in California.
The Bank continues to develop its international banking capabilities. The Bank’s presence includes five full-service branches in Greater China, located in Hong Kong, two in Shanghai including one in the Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shantou and Shenzhen. The Bank also has five representative offices in Greater China located in Beijing, Chongqing, Guangzhou, Xiamen and Taiwan. In addition to facilitating traditional letters of credit and trade finance to businesses, these representative offices allow the Bank to assist existing clients, as well as develop new business relationships. Through these offices, the Bank is focused on growing its export-import lending volume by aiding U.S. exporters in identifying and developing new sales opportunities to China-based customers as well as capturing additional letters of credit business generated from China-based exporters through broader correspondent banking relationships.
The Bank continues to explore opportunities to establish other foreign offices, subsidiaries or strategic investments and partnerships to expand its international banking capabilities and to capitalize on the growing international trade business between the United States and Asia.
Banking Services
East West Bank is the fifth largest independent commercial bank headquartered in California as of December 31, 2014 based on total assets. East West Bank is the largest bank in the United States that focuses on the financial services needs of individuals and businesses which operate both in the United States and Greater China, as well as having a strong focus on the Chinese American community. Through its network of banking locations in the United States and Greater China, the Bank provides a wide range of personal and commercial banking services to small and medium-sized businesses, business executives, professionals, and other individuals. The Bank offers multilingual services to its customers in English, Cantonese, Mandarin, Vietnamese and Spanish. The Bank also offers a variety of deposit products which includes the traditional range of personal and business checking and savings accounts, time deposits and individual retirement accounts, travelers’ checks, safe deposit boxes, and MasterCard and Visa merchant deposit services. The Bank’s lending activities include commercial and residential real estate, construction, trade finance, and commercial business, including accounts receivable, small business administration (“SBA”), inventory and working capital loans. The Bank generally provides commercial business loans to small and medium-sized businesses. The Bank’s commercial borrowers are engaged in a wide variety of manufacturing, wholesale trade and service businesses. In addition, the Bank is focused on providing financing to clients needing a financial bridge that facilitates their business transactions between Asia and the United States.
The Bank’s three operating segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and Other are based on the Bank’s core strategy. The Retail Banking segment focuses primarily on retail operations through the Bank’s branch network. The Commercial Banking segment, which includes commercial and industrial (“C&I”) and CRE, primarily generates commercial loans through the efforts of the commercial lending offices located in California, New York, Texas, Washington, Massachusetts, Nevada and Georgia. Furthermore, the Commercial Banking segment also offers a wide variety of international finance and trade services and products. The remaining centralized functions, including the treasury operations of the Company and eliminations of intersegment amounts have been aggregated and included in “Other.” For complete discussion and disclosure, see the information in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) and Note 20 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

5



Market Area and Competition
The banking and financial services industry in California generally, and in our market areas specifically, is highly competitive. The increasingly competitive environment is primarily a result of changes in laws and regulations, changes in technology and product delivery systems, as well as continuing consolidation among financial services providers. The Bank competes for loans, deposits, and customers with other commercial banks, and other financial services institutions. Some of these competitors are larger in total assets and capitalization and offer a broader range of financial services than the Bank.
The Bank concentrates on marketing its services in the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area and the greater San Francisco Bay area.  Greater China and other Pacific Rim countries continue to grow as California’s top trading partners.  This provides the Bank with an important competitive advantage to its customers participating in the Asia Pacific marketplace. We believe that our customers benefit from our understanding of Asian markets through our physical presence in the Greater China, our corporate and organizational ties throughout Asia, as well as our international banking products and services. We believe that this approach, combined with the extensive ties of our management and Board of Directors to the growing Asian business opportunities as well as the Chinese-American communities, provides us with an advantage in competing for customers in our market area.  
Legislation and Regulatory Developments
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act financial reform legislation (“Dodd-Frank”), significantly revised and expanded the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of the federal bank regulatory agencies. The Dodd-Frank followed the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 in response to the economic downturn and financial industry instability. Dodd-Frank authorized the creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) responsible for consumer protection in the financial services industry. Additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before Congress, the California Legislature and other government bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions and may subject us to increased supervision, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various bank regulatory agencies often adopt new rules, regulations and policies to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulatory changes in policy may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the Bank would be affected thereby. In addition, the outcome of examinations, any litigation, or any investigations initiated by state or federal authorities may result in necessary changes to our operations and increased compliance costs.
Dodd-Frank impacts many aspects of the financial industry and will impact larger and smaller financial institutions and community banks differently over time.  Many of the key provisions of the Dodd-Frank affecting the financial industry are now either effective or are in the proposed rule or implementation stages.
Supervision and Regulation
General
East West and the Bank are extensively regulated under both federal and state laws. Regulation and supervision by the federal and state banking agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the FDIC and not for the benefit of stockholders. Set forth below is a brief description of key laws and regulations which relate to our operations. These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations. The federal and state agencies regulating the financial services industry also frequently adopt changes to their regulations.
East West 

As a bank holding company, and pursuant to its election of financial holding company status, East West is subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) under the BHCA and its authority to:
 
require periodic reports and such additional information as the FRB may require;
require the Company to maintain certain levels of capital (see “ITEM 1. BUSINESS — Supervision and Regulation — Capital Requirements”);

6



require that bank holding companies, such as the Company, serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to subsidiary banks and commit resources as necessary to support each subsidiary bank. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the FRB to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of FRB regulations or both;
restrict the receipt and the payment of dividends;
terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest certain subsidiaries, affiliates or investments if the FRB believes the activity or the control of the subsidiary or affiliate constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary;
regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt and require prior approval to purchase or redeem our securities in certain situations;
require the prior approval of senior executive officer or director changes and prohibit golden parachute payments, including change in control agreements, or new employment agreements with such payment terms, which are contingent upon termination;
approve acquisitions and mergers with banks and consider certain competitive, management, financial and other factors in granting these approvals.

East West may engage in certain nonbanking activities and broader securities, insurance, merchant banking and other activities that are determined to be “financial in nature” or are incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature without prior FRB approval pursuant to its election to become a financial holding company.  As a bank holding company within the meaning of the California Financial Code, East West is subject to examination by, and may be required to file reports with, the Department of Business Oversight (“DBO”). DBO approvals may also be required for certain mergers and acquisitions.

The Bank
As a California state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination, and regulation by the CFPB, DBO, and by the FRB as the Bank’s primary federal regulator. The FRB and the DBO also regulate the Bank’s foreign operations. These operations are subject to the supervisory authorities of the host countries in which the Bank’s overseas offices reside. Specific federal and state laws and regulations which are applicable to banks regulate, among other things, the scope of their business, their investments, their reserves against deposits, the timing of the availability of deposited funds, and the nature and amount of collateral for certain loans. The regulatory structure also gives the bank regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies.
Permissible Activities and Subsidiaries
California law permits state chartered commercial banks to engage in any activity permissible for national banks, unless such activity is expressly prohibited by state law. Therefore, the Bank may form subsidiaries to engage in the many so-called “closely related to banking” or “nonbanking” activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating subsidiaries, and further, pursuant to the Gramm Leach Bliley Act (“GLBA”), the Bank may conduct certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as may a national bank, provided the Bank is and remains “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). Presently, none of the Bank’s subsidiaries are financial subsidiaries.
FHLB and Federal Reserve System
The Bank is a member of the FHLB of San Francisco. As an FHLB member, the Bank is required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB. The Bank may also access FHLB for both short-term and long-term secured borrowing sources. The FRB requires all depository institutions to maintain interest-bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank was in compliance with these requirements. As a member bank, the Bank is also required to own capital stock in the Federal Reserve Bank.


7



Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds
Dividends from the Bank constitute the principal source of income to East West. The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends. In addition, the banking agencies have the authority to prohibit or limit the Bank from paying dividends, depending upon the Bank’s financial condition, if such payment is deemed to constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Furthermore, under the federal prompt corrective action regulations, the FRB or FDIC may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.” For more information, see “Capital Requirements” below.
It is FRB’s policy that bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also FRB’s policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine the company’s ability to be a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Additionally, in consideration of the current financial and economic environment, the FRB has stated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.
Capital Requirements
Bank holding companies and banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. The regulatory agencies’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) of the International Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (“Basel Committee”). This is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines that each country’s supervisors can use to determine the supervisory policies they apply to their home jurisdiction. The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks, which are intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those categories perceived as representing greater risk. Bank holding companies and banks engaged in significant trading activity may also be subject to the market risk capital guidelines and be required to incorporate additional market and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards.
Under the current Basel I capital adequacy guidelines, a banking organization’s total capital is divided into tiers. “Tier I capital” currently includes common equity and trust preferred securities, is subject to certain criteria and quantitative limits. Under Dodd-Frank, depository institution holding companies, such as the Company, with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital at the end of a three-year phase-out period in 2016, and may be obligated to replace any outstanding trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010, with qualifying Tier I regulatory capital during the phase-out period. Tier II capital includes hybrid capital instruments, other qualifying debt instruments, a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity securities. Following the phase-out period under Dodd-Frank, trust preferred securities will be treated as Tier II capital, subject to certain limits and qualifications.  The risk-based capital guidelines require a minimum ratio of qualifying total risk-based capital of 8.0% and a minimum ratio of Tier I risk-based capital of 4.0%. An institution is defined as well capitalized if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10.0% or more; its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6.0% or more; and its Tier 1 leverage ratio is 5.0% or more. Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of the bank holding company or banking organization’s Tier I capital to its total adjusted quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes). Holding companies and banks are required to maintain a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum is specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. For a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its Tier 1 leverage ratio must be at least 5.0%. Basel I was replaced by the Basel Committee’s new Basel III capital framework effective January 1, 2015, as described in the next section.
As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s and the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the minimum capital adequacy guideline percentage requirements of the federal banking agencies for “well capitalized” institutions. For complete discussion and disclosure see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk-Based Capital” and Note 19 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

8



In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified as “Basel III.” Basel III is designed to significantly enhance the original regulatory capital framework under Basel I. In July 2013, the FRB approved final rules implementing Basel III and certain changes required by the Dodd Frank Act, effective on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period). On July 9, 2013, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) adopted the same rules for national banks and federal savings associations, and the FDIC approved the same provisions, as an interim final rule, for state nonmember banks and state savings associations. The final rules apply to all depository institutions and top-tier bank holding companies with assets of $500 million or more.
The Basel III capital rules: (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”) and related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the Basel III capital rules, for most banking organizations, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and the most common form of Tier 2 capital is subordinated notes and a portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses, which in each case, are subject to the Basel III capital rules’ specific requirements. Under the Basel III capital rules, the following are the initial minimum capital ratios applicable to the Company and the Bank as of January 1, 2015:

4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;
8.0% total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and
4.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio.

The Basel III capital rules also introduce a new “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, on top of these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). Thus, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, the Company and the Bank will be required to maintain this additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, resulting in the following minimum capital ratios:

4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets, plus the capital conservation buffer, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%;
6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, plus the capital conservation buffer, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8.5%;
8.0% total capital to risk-weighted assets, plus the capital conservation buffer, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of at least 10.5%; and
4.0% Tier 1 leverage ratio.

The Basel III capital rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that (i) mortgage servicing rights , (ii) deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and (iii) significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1. Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 began on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a four-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). In addition, under the current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) items included in stockholders’ equity (for example, unrealized gains or losses on securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio) under U.S. GAAP are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the Basel III capital rules, the effects of certain AOCI items are not excluded; however, nonadvanced approaches banking organizations, including the Company and the Bank, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. This election must be made concurrently with the first filing of certain of the Company and the Bank’s periodic regulatory reports in the beginning of 2015. At this time, the Company and the Bank expect to make this election in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of its available-for-sale securities portfolio.


9



The Basel III capital rules prescribe a new standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. Government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, depending on the nature of the assets. Additional aspects of the Basel III capital rules that are more relevant to the Bank include:

consistent with the current risk-based capital rules, assigning exposures secured by single family residential properties to either a 50% risk weight for first-lien mortgages that meet prudential underwriting standards or a 100% risk weight category for all other mortgages;
providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (currently set at 0%);
assigning a 150% risk weight to all exposures that are nonaccrual or 90 days or more past due (currently set at 100%), except for those secured by single family residential properties, which will be assigned a 100% risk weight, consistent with the current risk-based capital rules;
applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility CRE acquisition, development and construction loans; and
applying a 250% risk weight to the portion of MSRs and DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks that are not deducted from CET1 capital (currently set at 100%).

Based on our current interpretation of the Basel III capital rules, the Company believes that both the Company and the Bank would have met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III capital rules on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were effective as of December 31, 2014.

With respect to the Bank, the Basel III capital rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as discussed below under “Prompt Corrective Action.”

10



Prompt Corrective Action
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”) requires federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The FDIA includes the following five capital tiers: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare with various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation. The current relevant capital measures are the total capital ratio, the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio. Under the current prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIA, an insured depository institution generally will be classified in the following categories based on the capital measures indicated:
“Well capitalized”
 
“Adequately capitalized”
Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%
Tier 1 risk-based capital of 6% or greater
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital of at least 4%, or
Total risk-based capital of 10% or greater, and
 
Total risk-based capital of at least 8%.
Not subject to a written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive requiring a specific capital level.
 
 
 
 
 
“Undercapitalized”
 
“Significantly undercapitalized”
Tier 1 leverage ratio less than 4%
 
Tier 1 leverage ratio less than 3%
Tier 1 risk-based capital of 4%, or
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital of 3%, or
Total risk-based capital less than 8%.
 
Total risk-based capital less than 6%.
 
 
 
“Critically undercapitalized”
 
 
Tangible equity to total assets less than 2%.
 
 
The Basel III capital rules, as promulgated by the FRB, revise the current prompt corrective action requirements effective January 1, 2015. Under the new rules, a bank will be (i) “well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any order or written directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure; (ii) “adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater; (iii) “undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 4.5%, or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution’s tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital plus non-Tier 1 perpetual preferred stock) is equal to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters. A bank’s capital category is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt corrective action regulations and the capital category may not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes.
The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.” “Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets, and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.


11



Stress Testing
The Dodd-Frank Act requires stress testing of bank holding companies and banks that have more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion of consolidated assets (“$10 - $50 billion companies”). Additional stress testing is required for banking organizations having $50 billion or more of assets. $10 - $50 billion companies, including the Company and the Bank, are required to conduct annual company-run stress tests under rules the federal bank regulatory agencies issued in October 2012. Stress tests assess the potential impact of scenarios on the consolidated earnings, balance sheet and capital of a bank holding company or bank over a designated planning horizon of nine quarters, taking into account the organization’s current condition, risks, exposures, strategies, activities and such factors as the regulators may request of a specific organization. Each banking organization’s board of directors and senior management are required to approve and review the policies and procedures of their stress testing processes as frequently as economic conditions or the condition of the organization may warrant, and at least annually. They are also required to consider the results of the stress test in the normal course of business, including the banking organization’s capital planning (including dividends and share buybacks), assessment of capital adequacy and maintaining capital consistent with its risks, and risk management practices. The results of the stress tests are provided to the applicable federal banking agencies. Public disclosure of stress test results for $10 - $50 billion companies is required beginning in 2015. The Company is in the process of preparing its stress tests.

FDIC Deposit Insurance

The FDIC insures our customer deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The Bank is subject to deposit insurance assessments as determined by the FDIC. The FDIC established a minimum ratio of deposit insurance reserves in the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) to estimated insured deposits of 1.15% until September 2020 and 1.35% thereafter. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking, if required.
The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices that pose a risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund or that may prejudice the interest of the bank’s depositors. The termination of deposit insurance for the Bank would also result in the revocation of the Bank’s charter by the DBO.
Federal Banking Agency Compensation Guidelines
Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies pursuant to the FDIA prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In June 2010, the federal banking agencies issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting certain incentive-based payment arrangements. These regulators must establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements. The agencies proposed such regulations in April 2011, but the regulations have not been finalized.

The scope, content and application of the U.S. banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation continue to evolve. It cannot be determined at this time whether compliance with such policies will adversely affect the ability of the Company and the Bank to hire, retain and motivate key employees.
Operations and Consumer Compliance Laws
The Bank must comply with numerous federal anti-money laundering and consumer privacy and protection statutes and regulations. The CFPB is directed to prevent unfair, deceptive and abusive practices and ensure that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services, and that such markets are fair, transparent and competitive. The CFPB has authority under the Dodd-Frank Act to enforce and issue rules and regulations implementing existing consumer protection laws and responsibility for all such existing regulations. Depository institutions with assets exceeding $10 billion (such as the Bank), their affiliates, and other “larger participants” in the markets for consumer financial services (as determined by the CFPB) are subject to direct supervision by the CFPB, including any applicable examination, enforcement and reporting requirements the CFPB may establish.

12



Under the Dodd-Frank Act, regulators were required to mandate specific underwriting criteria to support a reasonable, good faith determination by lenders of a consumer’s ability to repay a mortgage. The CFPB by amendment to Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act and took effect on January 10, 2014, has defined what would be considered a “qualified mortgage.”  Another Dodd-Frank provision requires banks and other mortgage lenders to retain a minimum 5% economic interest in mortgage loans sold through securitizations unless the loans meet a definition of a “qualified residential mortgage.”  

These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure and other requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other services.  Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to enforcement actions, injunctions, fines or criminal penalties, punitive damages to consumers, and the loss of certain contractual rights.  The Bank and the Company are also subject to federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising and unfair competition.
Regulation of Subsidiaries/Branches
Foreign-based subsidiaries, including East West Bank China (Limited) are subject to applicable foreign laws and regulations, such as those implemented by the China Banking Regulatory Commission. Nonbank subsidiaries are subject to additional or separate regulation and supervision by other state, federal and self-regulatory bodies. East West Insurance Services, Inc. is subject to the licensing and supervisory authority of the California Commissioner of Insurance. The East West Hong Kong branch is subject to applicable foreign laws and regulations, such as those implemented by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority.
Employees
East West does not have any employees other than officers who are also officers of the Bank. Such employees are not separately compensated for their employment with the Company. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had a total of 2,618 full-time employees and 72 part-time employees and East West Insurance had a total of 19 full-time employees. None of the employees are represented by a union or collective bargaining group. The management of the Bank and East West Insurance each believe that their respective employee relations are satisfactory.
Available Information
We file reports with the SEC, including our proxy statements, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. These reports and other information on file can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains a website that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with them. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.
The Company also maintains an internet website at www.eastwestbank.com. The Company makes its website content available for information purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes.
We make available free of charge through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and proxy statements for our annual stockholders meetings, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company files such reports with the SEC. The Company’s SEC reports can be accessed through the investor information page of its website. None of the information contained in or hyperlinked from our website is incorporated into this Form 10-K.

13



Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following table presents the executive officers of the Company, their positions, and their ages. Each officer is appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank and serves at their pleasure.
Name
 
Age (1)
 
Position with Company or Bank and Prior Positions
Dominic Ng
 
56
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank
since 1992.
Julia S. Gouw
 
55
 
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and the Bank since 2009;
1994 - 2008: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank.
Wendy Cai-Lee
 
40
 
Executive Vice President and Head of U.S. Eastern and Texas Regions since 2014;
2011 - 2014: Senior Managing Director and Head of U.S. Eastern and Texas Regions;
2009 - 2011: Managing Director at Deloitte & Touche LLP.
Ming Lin Chen
 
54
 
Executive Vice President and Head of Retail and Banking Operations of the Bank since 2009.
William H. Fong
 
67
 
Executive Vice President and Head of Northern California Commercial Lending Division of the Bank since 2006.
Karen A. Fukumura
 
50
 
Executive Vice President and Head of Change Execution of the Bank since 2013; 2008 - 2012: Executive Vice President and Head of Retail Banking of the Bank.
John R. Hall
 
59
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since 2010;
2004 - 2010: Regional Vice President of Commercial Banking Office in Los Angeles at Wells Fargo Bank.
Douglas P. Krause
 
58
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer, General Counsel, and Secretary of the Company and the Bank since 1996.
Robert Lo
 
50
 
Executive Vice President and Head of Commercial Real Estate Banking of the Bank since 2014; 2013 - 2014: Senior Vice President and Head of Commercial Real Estate Banking of the Bank; 2007 - 2013: Senior Vice President and Manager of Corporate Banking Division of the Bank.
Irene H. Oh
 
37
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank since 2010; 2008 - 2010: Senior Vice President and Director of Corporate Finance.
Bennett Pozil
 
53
 
Executive Vice President and Head of Corporate Banking of the Bank since 2011; 2008 - 2011: President of Match Point Holdings, LLC.
Andy Yen
 
57
 
Executive Vice President and Head of International Banking and the Business Banking Division of the Bank since 2013; 2005 - 2013: Executive Vice President and Director of the Business Banking Division of the Bank.
(1) As of March 2, 2015.





14



ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS
Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results
Together with the other information on the risks we face and our management of risk contained in this Annual Report or in other SEC filings, the following presents significant risks which may affect us. Events or circumstances arising from one or more of these risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects, and the value and price of our common stock could decline. The risks identified below are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face and additional risks that we may currently view as not material may also impair our business operations and results.
Recent changes in banking regulation may adversely affect our business. Regulation of the financial services industry continues to undergo major changes. Dodd-Frank significantly revises and expands the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of federal bank regulators. Dodd-Frank addresses many areas which may affect our operations and costs immediately or in the future. Among other provisions, Dodd-Frank: 
imposes new capital requirements on bank holding companies and eliminates certain trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital;
revises the FDIC’s insurance assessment methodology so that premiums are assessed based upon the average consolidated total assets of a bank less tangible equity capital;
expands the FDIC’s authority to raise insurance premiums and permanently raises the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000;
allows financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts;
authorizes nationwide interstate de novo branching for banks;
limits interchange fees payable on debit card transactions;
establishes the CFPB to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products and services offered by banks and nonbank finance companies;
contains provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation;
restricts proprietary trading by financial institutions, their owning or sponsoring hedge and private equity funds, and regulates the derivatives activities of banks and their affiliates.
The CFPB has adopted revisions to Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act, pursuant to Dodd-Frank. The revisions went into effect on January 10, 2014 and apply to all consumer mortgages, except home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”), timeshare plans, reverse mortgages and temporary loans.  The revisions mandate specific underwriting criteria for home loans in order for creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer’s ability to repay and establish certain protections from liability under this requirement for “qualified mortgages” meeting certain standards.  This may impact our underwriting of single family residential loans and the resulting unknown effect on potential delinquencies. In particular, the revisions prevent us from making “no documentation” and “low documentation” home loans, because the rules require determining a consumer’s ability to pay based in part on verified and documented information. Low documentation loans represent a substantial portion of our single family residential loan portfolio. Accordingly, these new provisions may adversely affect the growth in the residential loan portfolio.
Additionally, on December 10, 2013, five financial regulatory agencies, including our primary federal regulator, the FRB, adopted final rules implementing the Volcker Rule embodied in Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act, which was added by Section 619 of Dodd-Frank. The final rules prohibit banking entities from, among other things, (1) engaging in short-term proprietary trading for their own accounts, and (2) having certain ownership interests in and relationships with hedge funds or private equity funds. The final rules are intended to provide greater clarity with respect to both the extent of those primary prohibitions and of the related exemptions and exclusions. The final rules also require each regulated entity to establish an internal compliance program that is consistent with the extent to which it engages in activities covered by the Volcker Rule, which must include (for the largest entities) making regular reports about those activities to regulators. The final rules were effective April 1, 2014, but the conformance period was extended from its statutory date of July 21, 2014 until July 21, 2016.

15



In addition to the enactment of Dodd-Frank, the federal regulatory agencies recently have begun to take stronger supervisory actions against financial institutions that have experienced increased loan losses and other weaknesses as a result of the recent economic crisis. These actions include the entering into of written agreements and cease and desist orders that place certain limitations on their operations. Federal bank regulators recently have also been using with more frequency their ability to impose individual minimal capital requirements on banks, which requirements may be higher than those imposed under Dodd-Frank or which would otherwise qualify the bank as being “well capitalized” under the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency’s prompt corrective action regulations. If we were to become subject to a supervisory agreement or higher individual capital requirements, such action may have a negative impact on our ability to execute our business plans, as well as our ability to grow, pay dividends, repurchase stock or engage in mergers and acquisitions and may result in restrictions in our operations.
The CFPB may reshape the consumer financial laws through rulemaking and enforcement of the prohibitions against unfair, deceptive and abusive business practices. Compliance with any such change may impact the business operations of depository institutions offering consumer financial products or services, including the Bank. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority to administer and carry out the provisions of Dodd-Frank with respect to financial institutions that offer covered financial products and services to consumers. The CFPB has also been directed to write rules identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service. The concept of what may be considered to be an “abusive” practice is relatively new under the law. Moreover, the Bank will be supervised and examined by the CFPB for compliance with the CFPB’s regulations and policies. The costs and limitations related to this additional regulatory reporting regimen have yet to be fully determined, although they may be material and the limitations and restrictions that will be placed upon the Bank with respect to its consumer product offering and services may produce significant, material effects on the Bank’s (and the Company’s) profitability.
 We may be subject to more stringent capital requirements. Dodd-Frank phases out over a prescribed period of time certain trust preferred securities from Tier 1 capital and allows the federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements that will apply to both insured banks and their holding companies. In the case of certain trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $15 billion or more as of December 31, 2009, these “regulatory capital deductions” are being implemented incrementally over a period of three years which commenced in January 2013. Dodd-Frank also requires the federal banking agencies to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements that will apply to both insured banks and their holding companies.
On July 2, 2013, the FRB approved the final rules implementing Basel III capital adequacy. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets to 6.0%.  On July 9, 2013, the OCC adopted the same rules for national banks and federal savings associations, and the FDIC approved the same provisions, as an interim final rule, for state nonmember banks and state savings associations.  The phase-in period for the final rules began for us on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rule’s requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule. Based on our current interpretation of the Basel III capital rules, the Company believes that both the Company and the Bank would have met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III capital rules on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were effective as of December 31, 2014.


16



Difficult economic and market conditions have adversely affected our industry. Since 2007, negative developments in the housing market, including decreased home prices and increased delinquencies and foreclosures by comparison with pre-recession levels, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage and construction loans and have resulted in significant write-downs of assets by many financial institutions, including the Bank. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many loans declined and may continue to decline. The impact on the Bank of the negative credit cycle has shown signs of stabilization. However, the overall economic environment remains problematic with high unemployment rates, reduced general spending, and decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other. Also, competition among depository institutions for deposits has continued to remain at heightened levels as compared to pre-recession times. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to past years. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events: 
We face increased regulation of our industry including heightened legal standards and regulatory requirements or expectations imposed in connection with Dodd-Frank. Compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities.
The process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. The level of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process.
The Company’s commercial and residential borrowers may be unable to make timely repayments of their loans, or the decrease in value of real estate collateral securing the payment of such loans could result in significant credit losses, increased delinquencies, foreclosures and customer bankruptcies, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results.
The value of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected by increasing interest rates and defaults by debtors.
Future disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations, may result in an inability to borrow on favorable terms or at all from other financial institutions.
Increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions and the conversion of certain investment banks to bank holding companies may adversely affect the Company’s ability to market its products and services.
 Adverse conditions in Asia could adversely affect our business.  A substantial number of our customers have economic and cultural ties to Asia. The Bank’s presence includes five full-service branches in Greater China, located in Hong Kong, two in Shanghai including one in the Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shantou and Shenzhen. The Bank also has five representative offices in Greater China located in Beijing, Chongqing, Guangzhou, Xiamen and Taiwan. As a result, our business and results of operations may be impacted by adverse economic and political conditions in Asia and, in particular, in China. Volatility in the Shanghai and Hong Kong stock exchanges and/or a potential dramatic fall in real estate prices in China, among other things, may negatively impact asset values and the profitability and liquidity of our customers who operate in this region. Pandemics and other public health crises or concerns over the possibility of such crises could create economic and financial disruptions in the region. United States and global economic policies, military tensions, and unfavorable global economic conditions may also adversely impact the Asian economies. Transfer risk may result when an entity is unable to obtain the foreign exchange needed to meet its obligations or to provide liquidity. This may adversely impact the recoverability of investments with or loans made to such entities.
Increased deposit insurance costs and changes in deposit regulation may adversely affect our results of operations. As a result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of Dodd-Frank, the FDIC has increased the deposit insurance assessment rates in recent years and thus raised deposit premiums for insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the Deposit Insurance Fund to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required which we may be required to pay. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

17



United States and international financial markets and economic conditions, particularly in California, could adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.  Our business, earnings and profitability are highly sensitive to general economic, political and industry conditions. While the United States is slowly recovering from the recent economic crisis, the pace of recovery is slow and there can be no assurance that these conditions will continue to improve or worsen. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions in the U.S. remains reduced and local governments and many businesses continue to experience financial difficulty. Although the Company and the Bank remain well capitalized and have not suffered any significant liquidity issues as a result of the most recent economic downturn, the cost and availability of funds may be adversely impacted by illiquid credit markets and the demand for our products and services may be impacted as our borrowers and customers may continue to experience the impact of the recession, and the economic pressure and uncertainty regarding continuing economic improvement may adversely impact their business activities. In view of the concentration of our operations and the collateral securing our loan portfolio primarily in Northern and Southern California, we may be particularly susceptible to the adverse economic conditions in the state of California, where our business is concentrated. In addition, the duration of the current economic conditions is unknown and may exacerbate the Company’s exposure to credit risk and adversely affect the ability of borrowers to perform under the terms of their lending arrangements with us. Any turbulence in the United States and international markets and economy may adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and profitability.
We may be required to make additional provisions for loan losses and charge off additional loans in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded a $44.1 million provision for loan losses on non-covered loans and charged off $39.8 million, gross of $13.5 million in recoveries on non-covered loans. The Bank has a concentration of real estate loans in California, including the areas of Los Angeles, Riverside, San Bernardino and Orange counties. Potential further deterioration in the real estate market generally and residential homes in particular could result in additional loan charge-offs and provisions for loan losses in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, net income and capital.
Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.  A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that we could sustain losses because borrowers, guarantors, and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. The underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted to address this risk may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loan defaults and nonperformance. The allowance is also appropriately increased for new loan growth. While we believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that we will not increase the allowance for loan losses further.
Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.  Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to acquire deposits or borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole as a result of conditions faced by banking organizations in the domestic and worldwide credit markets.
The actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions could affect the Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions.  Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to different industries and counterparties, and executes transactions with various counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients. Defaults by financial services institutions, and even questions about one or more financial services institutions or the financial services industry in general, have led to market wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Company or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty or client. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may increase when the underlying collateral held cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

18



A portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate and thus we have a higher degree of risk from a downturn in our real estate markets.  A decline in our real estate markets could hurt our business because many of our loans are secured by real estate. Real estate values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax laws and other governmental statutes, regulations and policies and acts of nature, such as earthquakes and national disasters particular to California. A significant portion of our real estate collateral is located in California. If real estate values decline, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans could be significantly reduced. Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. Furthermore, a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of CRE. CRE and multifamily loans typically involve large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Since payments on these loans are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, as well as the business and financial condition of the borrower, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market, adverse economic conditions or changes in applicable government regulations. Borrowers’ inability to repay such loans may have an adverse effect on our business.
Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.  A substantial portion of our income is derived from the differential or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets, and the interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because of the differences in the maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Significant fluctuations in market interest rates could materially and adversely affect not only our net interest spread, but also our asset quality and loan origination volume.
 We are subject to extensive government regulation that could limit or restrict our activities, which, in turn, may hamper our ability to increase our assets and earnings.  Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules, regulations and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. From time to time, various laws, rules and regulations are proposed, which, if adopted, could impact our operations by making compliance much more difficult or expensive, restricting our ability to originate or sell loans or further restricting the amount of interest or other charges or fees earned on loans or other products.
Failure to manage our growth may adversely affect our performance.  Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to manage our possible future growth. Future acquisitions and our continued growth may present operating, integration and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We could be liable for breaches of security in our online banking services. Fear of security breaches could limit the growth of our online services. We offer various Internet-based services to our clients, including online banking services. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is essential to maintain our clients’ confidence in our online services. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect client transaction data.  In addition, individuals may seek to intentionally disrupt our online banking services or compromise the confidentiality of customer information with criminal intent.  Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to prevent security breaches and periodically test our security, failure to mitigate breaches of security could adversely affect our ability to offer and grow our online services, result in costly litigation and loss of customer relationships and could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our controls and procedures could fail or be circumvented. Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, but not absolute, assurances of the effectiveness of these systems and controls, and that the objectives of these controls have been met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures, and any failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

19



We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services.  We conduct the majority of our operations in California. The banking and financial services businesses in California are highly competitive and increased competition in our primary market area may adversely impact the level of our loans and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In particular, our competitors include major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan and deposit customers and a range in quality of products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to continue our loan growth and level of deposits.
If we cannot attract deposits, our growth may be inhibited.  Our ability to increase our deposit base depends in large part on our ability to attract additional deposits at favorable rates. We seek additional deposits by offering deposit products that are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our markets.
We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology from third party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in those systems.  We rely heavily on third party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology, including our online banking services and data processing systems. Any failure or interruption of these services or systems or breaches in security of these systems could result in failures or interruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing, and/or loan origination systems. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions may require us to identify alternative sources of such services, and we cannot assure you that we could negotiate terms that are as favorable to us, or could obtain services with similar functionality as found in our existing systems without the need to expend substantial resources, if at all.
We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects.  Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there is a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the regional banking industry, specially the West Coast market. The process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategies is often lengthy. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, loan origination, finance, administrative, marketing, and technical personnel, and upon the continued contributions of our management and personnel. In particular, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the abilities of key executives, including our Chief Executive Officer and our President/Chief Operating Officer, and certain other employees.
Managing reputational risk is important to attracting and maintaining customers, investors and employees.  Threats to the Company’s reputation can come from many sources, including unethical practices, employee misconduct, failure to deliver minimum standards of service or quality, compliance deficiencies, and questionable or fraudulent activities of our customers. We have policies and procedures in place to protect our reputation and promote ethical conduct, but these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Negative publicity regarding our business, employees, or customers, with or without merit, may result in the loss of customers, investors and employees, costly litigation, a decline in revenues and increased governmental regulation.
Laws may restrict our ability to pay dividends.  The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company is limited by California law and the FRB.  The Company’s ability to pay dividends on its outstanding stock is limited by Delaware law. The FRB and the DBO have authority to prohibit the Bank from engaging in business practices which are considered to be unsafe or unsound. Depending upon the financial condition of the Bank and upon other factors, the FRB or DBO could assert that payments of dividends or other payments by the Bank might be such an unsafe or unsound practice.
The price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline.  The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside our control. In addition, the stock market is subject to fluctuations in the share prices and trading volumes that affect the market prices of the shares of many companies. These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are: 
actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating results and financial condition;
changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports and recommendations by financial analysts;
failure to meet analysts’ revenue or earnings estimates;
speculation in the press or investment community;

20



strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
actions by institutional stockholders;
fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;
general market conditions and, in particular, developments related to market conditions for the financial services industry;
proposed or adopted regulatory changes or developments;
anticipated or pending investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve or affect us; or
domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance.
 The stock market and, in particular, the market for financial institution stocks, has experienced significant volatility during the past couple of years. As a result, the market price of our common stock may be volatile. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate more than usual and cause significant price variations to occur. The trading price of the shares of our common stock and the value of our other securities will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including, without limitation, our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects, and future sales of our equity or equity-related securities. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. A significant decline in our stock price could result in substantial losses for individual stockholders and could lead to costly and disruptive securities litigation.
Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders.  Provisions of Delaware law and of our certificate of incorporation, as amended, and bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire control of us. For example, our certificate of incorporation requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding shares of voting stock to approve certain business combinations. We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which would make it more difficult for another party to acquire us without the approval of our Board of Directors. Additionally, our certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and preferred stock could be issued as a defensive measure in response to a takeover proposal. These and other provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us even if an acquisition might be in the best interest of our stockholders.
Natural disasters and geopolitical events beyond our control could adversely affect us.  Natural disasters such as earthquakes, wildfires, extreme weather conditions, hurricanes, floods, and other acts of nature and geopolitical events involving terrorism or military conflict could adversely affect our business operations and those of our customers and cause substantial damage and loss to real and personal property. These natural disasters and geopolitical events could impair our borrowers’ ability to service their loans, decrease the level and duration of deposits by customers, erode the value of loan collateral, and result in an increase in the amount of our nonperforming loans and a higher level of nonperforming assets (including real estate owned), net charge-offs, and provision for loan losses, which could adversely affect our earnings.
Our interest expense may increase following the repeal of the federal prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits. The federal prohibition on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts was repealed as part of Dodd-Frank. As a result, beginning on July 21, 2011, financial institutions could commence offering interest on demand deposits to compete for clients. Our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if the Bank begins offering interest on demand deposits to attract additional customers or maintain current customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, net income and results of operations.
We have engaged in and may continue to engage in further expansion through acquisitions, which could negatively affect our business and earnings.  There are risks associated with expansion through acquisitions. These risks include, among others, incorrectly assessing the asset quality of a bank acquired in a particular transaction, encountering greater than anticipated costs in integrating acquired businesses, facing resistance from customers or employees, and being unable to profitably deploy assets acquired in the transaction. Additional country- and region-specific risks are associated with transactions outside the United States, including in China. To the extent we issue capital stock in connection with additional transactions, these transactions and related stock issuances may have a dilutive effect on earnings per share and share ownership.

21



 The number of delinquencies and defaults in residential mortgages have created a backlog in U.S. courts and may lead to an increase in the amount of legislative action that might restrict or delay our ability to foreclose and, therefore, delay the collection of payments for single-family residential loans. Collateral-based loans on which the Bank forecloses could be delayed by an extended foreclosure process, including delays resulting from a court backlog, local or national foreclosure moratoriums or other delays, and these delays could negatively impact our results of operations.  Homeowner protection laws may also delay the initiation or completion of foreclosure proceedings on specified types of residential mortgage loans. Any such limitations are likely to cause delayed or reduced collections.  Significant restrictions on our ability to foreclose on loans, requirements that we forgo a portion of the amount otherwise due on a loan or requirements that we modify a significant number of original loan terms could negatively impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities. A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses which may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect our business. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.
If our goodwill were determined to be impaired, it would result in a charge against earnings and thus a reduction in our stockholders’ equity. We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently, if necessary. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are to be used as the basis for measuring impairment, when available. Other acceptable valuation methods include present-value measurements based on multiples of earnings or revenues, or similar performance measures. If we were to determine that the carrying amount of our goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, we would be required to write down the value of the goodwill on our balance sheet, adversely affecting our earnings as well as our capital.


ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.


ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
The Company currently neither owns nor leases any real or personal property. The Company uses the premises, equipment, and furniture of the Bank. The Agency also currently conducts its operations in one of the administrative offices of the Bank. The Company is currently reimbursing the Bank for the Agency’s use of this facility.

The Bank owns the buildings and land at 33 of its retail branches and offices. Four of these retail branch locations are either attached or adjacent to offices that are being used by the Bank to house various administrative departments. All other branch and administrative locations are leased by the Bank, with lease expiration dates ranging from 2015 to 2032, exclusive of renewal options.
 
The Company believes that its existing facilities are adequate for its present purposes. The Company believes that, if necessary, it could secure alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting its operations.
 

22



As of December 31, 2014, the Bank’s consolidated investment in premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, totaled $180.9 million. Total occupancy expense, inclusive of rental payments and furniture and equipment expense, for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $63.8 million. Total annual rental expense (exclusive of operating charges and real property taxes) was approximately $26.2 million during 2014.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
See Litigation and Regulatory Matters in Note 15 – Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 
ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
Not applicable.

 

23



PART II 

ITEM 5. 
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Market Information
 
The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “EWBC.” The following tables presents the range of closing sales prices and dividend information for the Company’s common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
 
2014
 
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
First quarter
 
$
38.26

 
$
31.62

 
$0.18 cash dividend
Second quarter
 
$
36.98

 
$
32.19

 
$0.18 cash dividend
Third quarter
 
$
36.95

 
$
33.04

 
$0.18 cash dividend
Fourth quarter
 
$
39.71

 
$
30.50

 
$0.18 cash dividend
 
 
 
2013
 
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividends
First quarter
 
$
25.78

 
$
22.11

 
$0.15 cash dividend
Second quarter
 
$
27.68

 
$
22.56

 
$0.15 cash dividend
Third quarter
 
$
31.98

 
$
27.55

 
$0.15 cash dividend
Fourth quarter
 
$
35.43

 
$
31.89

 
$0.15 cash dividend
 
On January 21, 2015, dividends for the Company’s common stock were declared for the first quarter of 2015 in the amount of $0.20 payable on or about February 17, 2015 to stockholders of record on February 2, 2015. This represents an increase of $0.02 per share, or an 11% increase from the prior quarterly dividend of $0.18 per share.

The closing price of our common stock on January 31, 2015 was $36.18 per share, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market. As of January 31, 2015, 143,583,710 shares of the Company’s common stock were held by 806 stockholders of record and by approximately 76,400 of additional stockholders whose shares were held for them in street name or nominee accounts.

For information on the statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of the Company to pay dividends to its stockholders and on the Bank to pay dividends to East West, see “Item 1. BUSINESS – Supervision and Regulation—Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset Liability and Market Risk Management - Liquidity” presented elsewhere in this report.
 

24



Stock Performance Graph
 
The following table and graph compare yearly percentage change in the Company’s cumulative total return on its common stock with the cumulative total returns of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index, SNL Western Bank Index and SNL Bank and Thrift Index over the five-year period ended on December 31, 2014.  The graph below assumes that $100 was invested in EWBC’s common stock and in each index at the beginning of the five-year period shown and that all dividends were reinvested. Historical stock price performance shown on the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.  The information set forth under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Commission except to the extent we specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
December 31,
Index
2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

East West Bancorp, Inc.
100.00

124.03

126.36

140.04

232.90

263.18

SNL Western Bank Index
100.00

113.31

102.37

129.18

181.76

218.14

SNL Bank and Thrift
100.00

111.64

86.81

116.57

159.61

178.18

S&P 500
100.00

115.06

117.49

136.30

180.44

205.14

Source: SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA, (434) 977-1600, www.snl.com
    
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
 
On July 17, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to buy back up to $100.0 million of the Company’s common stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares under this program during 2013 and 2014.


25



ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report. Certain items in the consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statements of income were reclassified for prior years to conform to the 2014 presentation. These reclassifications did not affect previously reported net income.
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Summary of Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and dividend income
$
1,153,698

 
$
1,068,685

 
$
1,051,095

 
$
1,080,448

 
$
1,095,831

Interest expense
112,820

 
112,492

 
132,168

 
177,422

 
201,117

Net interest income before provision for loan losses
1,040,878

 
956,193

 
918,927

 
903,026

 
894,714

Provision for loan losses on non-covered loans
44,125

 
18,336

 
60,168

 
92,584

 
195,934

Provision for loan losses on covered loans
5,033

 
4,028

 
5,016

 
2,422

 
4,225

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
991,720

 
933,829

 
853,743

 
808,020

 
694,555

Noninterest (loss) income (1)
(11,714
)
 
(92,468
)
 
(5,618
)
 
10,924

 
39,270

Noninterest expense
564,551

 
415,511

 
422,533

 
435,610

 
477,916

Income before provision for income taxes
415,455

 
425,850

 
425,592

 
383,334

 
255,909

Provision for income taxes
72,972

 
130,805

 
143,942

 
138,100

 
91,345

Net income
342,483

 
295,045

 
281,650

 
245,234

 
164,564

Preferred stock dividends, amortization of preferred stock discount, and inducement of preferred stock conversion

 
3,428

 
6,857

 
6,857

 
43,126

Net income available to common stockholders
$
342,483

 
$
291,617

 
$
274,793

 
$
238,377

 
$
121,438

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Per Common Share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings
$
2.39

 
$
2.11

 
$
1.92

 
$
1.62

 
$
0.88

Diluted earnings
$
2.38

 
$
2.10

 
$
1.89

 
$
1.60

 
$
0.83

Dividends declared
$
0.72

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.40

 
$
0.16

 
$
0.04

Book value
$
19.85

 
$
17.18

 
$
16.39

 
$
14.92

 
$
13.67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Common Shares Outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
142,952

 
137,342

 
141,457

 
147,093

 
137,478

Diluted
143,563

 
139,574

 
147,175

 
153,467

 
147,102

Common shares outstanding at period-end
143,582

 
137,631

 
140,294

 
149,328

 
148,543

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At Year End:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
28,738,049

 
$
24,730,068

 
$
22,536,110

 
$
21,968,667

 
$
20,700,537

Non-covered loans, net of allowance
$
19,994,081

 
$
15,412,715

 
$
11,710,190

 
$
10,061,788

 
$
8,430,199

Covered loans, net of allowance
$
1,474,189

 
$
2,187,898

 
$
2,935,595

 
$
3,923,142

 
$
4,800,876

Investment securities
$
2,626,365

 
$
2,733,797

 
$
2,607,029

 
$
3,072,578

 
$
2,875,941

Customer deposits
$
24,008,774

 
$
20,412,918

 
$
18,309,354

 
$
17,453,002

 
$
15,641,259

Long-term debt
$
225,848

 
$
226,868

 
$
137,178

 
$
212,178

 
$
235,570

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
$
317,241

 
$
315,092

 
$
312,975

 
$
455,251

 
$
1,214,148

Stockholders’ equity
$
2,850,568

 
$
2,364,225

 
$
2,382,122

 
$
2,311,743

 
$
2,113,931

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets
1.24
%
 
1.25
%
 
1.29
%
 
1.14
%
 
0.82
%
Return on average equity
12.61

 
12.59

 
12.14

 
10.98

 
7.02

Common dividend payout ratio
30.37

 
28.57

 
20.96

 
10.02

 
4.57

Average stockholders’ equity to average assets
9.83

 
9.95

 
10.62

 
10.36

 
11.62

Net interest margin
4.03

 
4.38

 
4.63

 
4.66

 
5.05

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs on non-covered loans to average total non-covered loans
0.14
%
 
0.03
%
 
0.38
%
 
1.16
%
 
2.35
%
Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.45

 
0.53

 
0.63

 
0.80

 
0.94

Allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans to total gross non-covered loans
1.27

 
1.54

 
1.92

 
2.04

 
2.64

 
(1)
Changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable was a charge of $201.4 million, $228.6 million, $122.3 million, $100.1 million and $83.2 million in 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges related to investment securities in 2014 and 2013. 2012, 2011 and 2010 include OTTI charges related to investment securities of $99 thousand, $633 thousand and $16.7 million, respectively. Pre-tax gain on acquisition was $22.9 million in 2010.

26



ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion provides information about the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, and capital resources of East West Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries. This information is intended to facilitate the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to our financial condition and the results of our operations. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and general practices within the banking industry. The financial information contained within these statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based on approximate measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. All of our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report and are essential to understanding Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Some of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimates, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. In addition, certain accounting policies require significant judgment in applying complex accounting principles to individual transactions to determine the most appropriate treatment. We have established procedures and processes to facilitate making the necessary judgments to prepare the consolidated financial statements.
 
The following is a summary of the more judgmental and complex accounting estimates and principles. In each area, we have identified the variables most important in the estimation process. We have used the best information available to make the estimations necessary to value the related assets and liabilities. Actual performance that differs from our estimates and future changes in the key variables could change future valuations and impact the results of operations.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and, in many cases, requires management to make a number of significant judgments. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company classifies its assets and liabilities measured and disclosed at fair value in accordance with a three-level hierarchy (e.g., Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3) established under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements. In determining the fair value of financial instruments, the Company uses market prices of the same or similar instruments whenever such prices are available. The Company does not use prices involving distressed sellers in determining fair value. If observable market prices are unavailable or impracticable to obtain, then fair value is estimated using modeling techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis. These modeling techniques incorporate management’s assessments regarding assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or the liability, including assumptions about the risks inherent in a particular valuation technique and the risk of nonperformance.

The Company records certain financial instruments such as investment securities available-for-sale, derivative assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Certain financial statement line items such as impaired loans, other real estate owned are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Nonrecurring fair value measurements generally involve assets that are periodically evaluated for impairment.

For a complete discussion on our fair value valuation of financial instruments, our related measurement techniques, and the impact to our consolidated financial statements, see Note 3 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report. 

27



Investment Securities
 
The accounting for investment securities are discussed in detail in Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report. The fair values of the investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, the Company has evaluated the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values. The Company performs a monthly analysis on the broker quotes and pricing service values received from third parties to ensure that the prices represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value. The procedures include, but are not limited to, initial and on-going review of third party pricing methodologies, review of pricing trends, and monitoring of trading volumes. The Company ensures prices received from independent brokers represent a reasonable estimate of the fair value through the use of observable market inputs including comparable trades, yield curve, spreads and, when available, market indices. As a result of this analysis, if the Company determines that there is a more appropriate fair value based upon the available market data, the price received from the third party is adjusted accordingly. Prices from third party pricing services are often unavailable for securities that are rarely traded or are traded only in privately negotiated transactions. As a result, certain securities are priced via independent broker quotations which utilize proprietary models that include observable market based inputs. Additionally, the majority of these independent broker quotations are non-binding.

For broker prices obtained on certain investment securities that we believe are based on forced liquidation or distressed sale values in inactive markets, the Company individually examines these securities for the appropriate valuation methodology based on a combination of the market approach reflecting current broker prices and a discounted cash flow approach. In calculating the fair value derived from the income approach, the Company makes assumptions such as constant prepayment rate, constant default rate, loss severity for deferrals/defaults, and discount margin.
 
Available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities in unrealized loss positions are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoing assessment of OTTI. In determining whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers the severity and duration of the decline in fair value, the length of time expected for recovery, the financial condition of the issuer, changes in the securities’ ratings and other qualitative factors, as well as whether the Company either plans to sell the security or it is more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost. If the impairment of the available-for-sale debt security is credit-related, an OTTI loss is recorded in earnings. For available-for-sale debt securities, the non-credit-related impairment loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“OCI”). If the Company intends to sell an available-for-sale debt security or believes it will more-likely-than-not be required to sell a security, the Company records the full amount of the impairment loss as an OTTI loss. Available-for-sale marketable equity securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated OCI on an after-tax basis. If there is an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of any individual available-for-sale marketable equity security, the cost basis is reduced and the Company reclassifies the associated net unrealized loss out of accumulated OCI with a corresponding charge to the consolidated income statement.
 
The Company considers available information relevant to the collectability of the security, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts, when developing the estimate of future cash flows in making its OTTI assessment for its portfolio of trust preferred securities. The Company considers factors such as remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, expected defaults, the financial condition of the issuer(s), and the value of any underlying collateral.
 
Purchased Credit Impaired Loans
 
Acquired loans, in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, are recorded at fair value as of their acquisition date. Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination, purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans, for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are accounted for under ASC 310-30, Receivables—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.
 
Under ASC 310-30, loans are recorded at fair value at their acquisition date, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded as of the acquisition date. In situations where loans have similar risk characteristics, loans were aggregated into pools to estimate cash flows under ASC 310-30. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation.
 
The cash flows expected over the life of the pools are estimated using an internal cash flow model that projects cash flows and calculates the carrying values of the pools, book yields, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on pool level events. Assumptions as to cumulative loss rates, loss curves and prepayment speeds are utilized to calculate the expected cash flows.
 

28



At acquisition, the excess of the expected cash flows at acquisition over the recorded investment is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the life of the loan or pool. The excess of the contractual cash flows over the expected cash flows is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in cash flow over those expected at purchase date in excess of the fair value that are probable are recorded as an adjustment to the accretable difference on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in cash flow over those expected at purchase date that are probable and significant are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. Any disposals of loans, including sales of loans, payments in full or foreclosures result in the removal of the loan from the ASC 310-30 portfolio at the carrying amount.

Loans acquired in FDIC-assisted acquisitions that are subject to FDIC shared-loss agreements (“shared-loss agreements”) are referred to as covered loans. Covered loans are reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements expected to be collected from the FDIC. At the date of acquisition, all covered loans were accounted for under ASC 805 and ASC 310-30.
 
FDIC Indemnification Asset/Payable to FDIC, net
 
In conjunction with the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of WFIB and UCB, the Bank entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. At the date of the acquisition, the amounts receivable under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC related to covered loans and covered other real estate owned (“OREO”). The FDIC indemnification asset is initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the shared-loss agreements. The Company has elected to account for amounts receivable under the shared-loss agreements as an indemnification asset in accordance with ASC 805. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flow the Company expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset is reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on recent performance and expectations for future performance of the covered portfolio. Any increases in cash flow of the loans over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the loans over those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset, increases and decreases are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income. Due to continued payoffs and improved credit performance of the covered loan portfolio as compared to our original estimates, the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements has decreased and a payable to FDIC, net has been recorded. Additionally, the FDIC proportionately shares recoveries recognized on previously charged off covered loans.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Our process for determining the allowance for loan losses is discussed in the “Allowance for Loan Losses” section of Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Allowance for Loan Losses” presented elsewhere in this report. The Company’s allowance for loan loss methodology incorporates a variety of risk considerations, both quantitative and qualitative, in establishing an allowance for loan loss that management believes is appropriate at each reporting date. Quantitative factors include our historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in nonperforming loans, and other factors. Qualitative considerations include, but are not limited to, prevailing economic or market conditions, relative risk profiles of various loan segments, volume concentrations, growth trends, delinquency and nonaccrual status, problem loan trends, and geographic concentrations.
 
As the Company adds new products, increases the complexity of our loan portfolio, and expands our geographic coverage, the Company will continue to enhance the methodology to keep pace with the size and complexity of the loan portfolio and the changing credit environment. Changes in any of the factors cited above could have a significant impact on the loan loss calculation. The Company believes that our methodologies currently employed continue to be appropriate given our size and level of complexity. This discussion should also be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report. See Note 8 and 9 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 

29



Goodwill Impairment
 
Under ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. Impairment testing is performed at the reporting-unit level (which is the same level as the Company’s major operating segments identified in Note 20 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report). The first part of the test is a comparison, at the reporting unit level, of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. In order to determine the fair value of the reporting units, a combined income approach and market approach was used. Under the income approach, the Company provided a net income projection and a terminal growth rate was used to calculate the discounted cash flows and the present value of the reporting units. Under the market approach, the fair value was calculated using the current fair values of comparable peer banks of similar size, geographic footprint and focus. The market capitalizations and multiples of these peer banks were used to calculate the market price of the Company and each reporting unit. The fair value was also subject to a control premium adjustment, which is the cost savings that a purchase of the reporting unit could achieve by eliminating duplicative costs. Under the combined income and market approach, the value from each approach was weighted based on management’s perceived risk of each approach to determine the fair value. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the second part of the test is needed to measure the amount of goodwill impairment. The implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is calculated and compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill recorded within the reporting unit. If the carrying value of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, then the Company would recognize an impairment loss for the amount of the difference, which would be recorded as a charge against net income. For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 11 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.

The Company examines its financial statements, its income tax provision, and its federal and state income tax returns and analyzes its tax positions, including permanent and temporary differences, as well as the major components of income and expense to determine whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. In the event a tax position is not more likely than not to be sustained by the tax authorities, a reserve is established by management. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax positions as part of its provision for income taxes.

Share-Based Compensation
 
The Company accounts for share-based awards to employees, officers, and directors in accordance with the provisions of ASC 505, Equity, and ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. Share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee’s requisite service period.
 
The Company grants nonqualified stock options and restricted share awards, which include a service condition for vesting. Additionally, some of our stock awards include a company financial performance requirement for vesting. The stock option awards vest in three to four years from the grant date. Restricted share awards vest ratably in three or five years or cliff vest in five years from the date of grant. Compensation expense is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award, which is generally the maximum vesting period of the award.
 
The Company uses an option-pricing model to determine the grant-date fair value of our stock options which is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. The Company makes assumptions regarding expected term, expected volatility, expected dividend yield, and risk-free interest rate in determining the fair value of our stock options. The expected term represents the weighted-average period that stock options are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term assumption is estimated based on the stock options’ vesting terms and remaining contractual life and employees’ historical exercise behavior. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over a period of time equal to the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current dividend payout rate on its common stock. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant appropriate for the term of the employee stock options.
 
For restricted share awards, the grant-date fair value is measured at the fair value of the Company’s common stock as if the restricted share was vested and issued on the date of grant.
 

30



As share-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and are reviewed annually for reasonableness. If the estimated forfeitures are revised, a cumulative effect of a change in estimated forfeitures for current and prior periods are recognized in compensation cost in the period of change. Share-based compensation is discussed in more detail in Note 1 and Note 16 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.
New Accounting Pronouncements Adopted
 
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. ASU 2013-11 eliminates diversity in practice as it provides guidance on financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The Company adopted this guidance in first quarter 2014 with prospective application to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Standards
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-01, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. ASU 2014-10 permits reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). ASU 2014-10 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and if elected, should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. ASU 2014-04 clarifies when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs that would require a transfer of mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate properties to OREO. The standard permits the use of either a modified retrospective or prospective transition method.  ASU 2014-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, The FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new guidance replaces existing revenue recognition guidance for contracts to provide goods or services to customers and amends  existing guidance related to recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain nonfinancial assets such as real estate.  ASC 606 establishes a principles-based approach to recognizing revenue that applies to all contracts other than those covered by other authoritative GAAP guidance. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are also required.  ASC 606 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and is applied on either a modified retrospective or full retrospective basis. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Business Overview and Strategy
 
East West Bancorp, Inc. is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. Our principal business is to serve as the holding company for our Pasadena-based wholly-owned subsidiary, East West Bank, which may be referred to as the “Bank”. When we say “we,” “our” or the “Company,” we mean the Company on a consolidated basis with the Bank. When we refer to “East West” or to the holding company, we are referring to the parent company on a stand-alone basis.

The Company’s vision is to serve as the financial bridge between the United States and Greater China. The Company’s primary strategy to achieving this vision is to grow our business so that we are able to reach more customers with our cross-border products and capabilities. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we opened two new branches in Greater China, in Shenzhen and in the Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone. With these additional branches, we will be better positioned to assist our customers and facilitate their financial needs between Greater China and the U.S.

31




On January 17, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of MetroCorp, parent of MetroBank, N.A. and Metro United Bank. MetroCorp, headquartered in Houston, Texas, operated 19 branch locations within Texas and California under its two banks. The Company acquired MetroCorp to further expand its presence, primarily in Texas, within the markets of Houston and Dallas, and in California, within the San Diego market. The purchase consideration was satisfied with two thirds in East West Bank common stock and one third in cash. The fair value of the consideration transferred in the acquisition of MetroCorp was $291.4 million, which consisted of 5,583,093 shares of East West common stock fair valued at $190.8 million at the date of acquisition and $89.4 million in cash, $2.4 million of additional cash to MetroCorp stock option holders and a MetroCorp warrant, fair valued at $8.8 million, assumed by the Company. Approximately $1.70 billion of assets were acquired and $1.41 billion of liabilities were assumed.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, net income totaled a record $342.5 million, a $47.4 million or 16% increase from $295.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Diluted earnings per share totaled $2.38 for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $0.28 or 13% from $2.10 in 2013. Net interest margin, defined as net interest income divided by average earning assets, decreased by 35 basis points to 4.03% for the year ended December 31, 2014, from 4.38% during the same period in 2013. The $80.8 million or 87% decrease in noninterest loss from $92.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was mainly due to increases in net gains on loan sales, changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable and other commission and fee income. The $149.0 million or 36% increase in noninterest expense from $415.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $564.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was mainly due to an increases in compensation and employee benefits, amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments, legal expenses and other operating expenses. The effective tax rate was 17.6% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 30.7% for the same period in 2013. The lower effective tax rate in 2014 compared to 2013 was mainly due to the additional purchases of affordable housing partnership and other tax credit investments.

Over the last year, the Company’s total assets have increased $4.01 billion or 16% from $24.73 billion as of December 31, 2013 to $28.74 billion as of December 31, 2014. This increase is attributable to our organic growth and the MetroCorp acquisition. Total non-covered gross loans held for investment as of December 31, 2014 was $20.25 billion, an increase of $4.57 billion or 29% compared to $15.68 billion as of December 31, 2013. The MetroCorp acquisition added $1.19 billion of loans. Excluding the MetroCorp acquisition, non-covered loan growth for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $3.38 billion or 22%, largely driven by growth in C&I.

Covered loans totaled $1.48 billion as of December 31, 2014, a decrease of $717.9 million or 33% from December 31, 2013. The covered loan portfolio is comprised of loans acquired from the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of UCB and WFIB which are covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. The decrease in the covered loan portfolio was primarily due to payoffs and paydown activities. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded a net decrease in the FDIC indemnification asset receivable/payable included in noninterest loss of $201.4 million, largely due to continued payoffs and the continuing improved credit performance of the UCB portfolio, as compared to our original estimate.

Loans held for sale decreased $159.0 million or 78% from $205.0 million as of December 31, 2013 to $46.0 million as of December 31, 2014. The majority of loans sold during 2014 were comprised of student loans.

As a result of continued credit quality improvement, non-covered nonperforming assets, as of December 31, 2014, decreased to $128.7 million, a decrease of $1.9 million or 1% from the prior year. The provision for loan losses for non-covered loans of $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior year of $18.3 million was primarily due to the growth in the non-covered loan portfolio. Additionally, non-covered nonaccrual loans comprised $101.0 million or 0.50% of total gross non-covered loans as of December 31, 2014.

Total deposits were $24.01 billion as of December 31, 2014, an increase of a $3.60 billion or 18% from $20.41 billion as of December 31, 2013. Excluding the MetroCorp acquisition, deposit growth for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2.28 billion or 11%. Core deposits grew to a record $17.90 billion, an increase of $3.31 billion or 23% year-over-year. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s $24.01 billion deposit portfolio was comprised of $7.38 billion or 31% of noninterest-bearing demand deposits, $10.52 billion or 44% of money-market, interest-bearing checking and savings deposits and $6.11 billion or 25% of time deposits.

Since the acquisition of the loans and deposits of UCB five years ago, the Company has transformed its balance sheet by increasing diversification in both loans and deposits, while shedding most of the $1.26 billion of nonperforming loans acquired from UCB. Additionally, loan portfolios have been substantially diversified and the Company has reduced its CRE concentration. In anticipation of a rising interest rate environment, core commercial deposits have been strategically increased.


32



The Company is focused on active capital management and is committed to maintaining strong capital levels that exceed regulatory requirements, while also supporting balance sheet growth and providing a strong return to stockholders. Capital levels for the Company remained strong. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based ratios were 11.0% and 12.6%, respectively, greater than the well capitalized requirements of 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively.

Results of Operations
 
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $47.5 million or 16% to $342.5 million as compared to net income of $295.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $13.3 million or 5% from $281.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. These continued increases in net income are largely the result of strong loan growth, maintaining high credit quality, and steady growth in lower cost deposits.

The Company’s return on average assets was 1.24% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 1.25% and 1.29% for the same periods in 2013 and 2012, respectively. The return on average equity was 12.61% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 12.59% and 12.14% for the same periods in 2013 and 2012, respectively. These relatively stable returns on equity reflect the Company’s ability to maintain increasing profitability while expanding the loan and deposit base.
 
Table 1: Components of Net Income


Year Ended December 31,


2014

2013

2012


($ in millions)
Net interest income

$
1,040.9

 
$
956.2

 
$
918.9

Provision for loan losses on non-covered loans

(44.1
)
 
(18.3
)
 
(60.2
)
Provision for loan losses on covered loans

(5.0
)
 
(4.0
)
 
(5.0
)
Noninterest loss

(11.7
)
 
(92.5
)
 
(5.6
)
Noninterest expense

(564.6
)
 
(415.5
)
 
(422.5
)
Provision for income taxes

(73.0
)
 
(130.8
)
 
(143.9
)
Net income

$
342.5

 
$
295.0

 
$
281.7

Return on average assets

1.24
%
 
1.25
%
 
1.29
%
Return on average equity

12.61
%
 
12.59
%
 
12.14
%

Net Interest Income
 
The Company’s primary source of revenue is net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned on loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets less the interest expense on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 totaled $1.04 billion, an increase of $84.7 million or 9% over net interest income of $956.2 million for the same period in 2013. The increase in net interest income between 2014 and 2013 was primarily due to the increase in the volume of non-covered loans, partially offset by the decrease in volume of covered loans. In comparison, net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 totaled $956.2 million, an increase of $37.3 million or 4% increase over net interest income of $918.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in net interest income between 2013 and 2012 was primarily due to the increase in volume of non-covered loans and yields of covered loans, partially offset by a decrease in the volume of covered loans and yields of non-covered loans.

Net interest margin, defined as net interest income divided by average earning assets, decreased by 35 basis points to 4.03% for the year ended December 31, 2014, from 4.38% for the same period in 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, net interest margin decreased as compared to the same period in 2013, primarily due to a decrease in discount accretion from covered loans as the covered loan portfolio continues to payoff and paydown. The interest income on covered loans was $277.1 million and $395.2 million with a resulting yield of 15.31% and 15.55% for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Net interest margin decreased 25 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2013, from 4.63% for the same period in 2012. The decrease was primarily due to decrease in discount accretion from covered loans similar to the year ended December 31, 2014.

33



The following table presents the interest rate spread, net interest margin, average balances, interest income and expense, and the average yield rates by asset and liability component for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

Table 2: Summary of Selected Financial Data
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Yield
Rate
 
 
($ in thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Due from banks and short-term investments
 
$
1,469,200

 
$
23,214

 
1.58
%
 
$
1,184,709

 
$
17,340

 
1.46
%
 
$
1,457,153

 
$
22,316

 
1.53
%
Securities purchased under resale agreements
 
1,340,411

 
20,323

 
1.52
%
 
1,503,014

 
21,236

 
1.41
%
 
1,267,284

 
20,392

 
1.61
%
Investment securities available-for-sale (1) (2)
 
2,540,228

 
44,684

 
1.76
%
 
2,729,019

 
43,846

 
1.61
%
 
2,475,489

 
58,184

 
2.35
%
Non-covered loans (3) (4)
 
18,542,476

 
782,135

 
4.22
%
 
13,734,759

 
584,164

 
4.25
%
 
11,023,745

 
515,378

 
4.68
%
Covered loans (4)
 
1,809,342

 
277,070

 
15.31
%
 
2,541,238

 
395,230

 
15.55
%
 
3,445,693

 
430,152

 
12.48
%
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock
 
96,921

 
6,272

 
6.47
%
 
134,918

 
6,869

 
5.09
%
 
171,816

 
4,673

 
2.72
%
Total interest-earning assets
 
$
25,798,578

 
$
1,153,698

 
4.47
%
 
$
21,827,657

 
$
1,068,685

 
4.90
%
 
$
19,841,180

 
$
1,051,095

 
5.30
%
Noninterest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
322,581

 
 
 
 
 
306,551

 
 
 
 
 
255,975

 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
(254,616
)
 
 
 
 
 
(241,049
)
 
 
 
 
 
(228,355
)
 
 
 
 
Other assets
 
1,785,254

 
 
 
 
 
1,667,533

 
 
 
 
 
1,961,743

 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
27,651,797

 
 
 
 
 
$
23,560,692

 
 
 
 
 
$
21,830,543

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking deposits
 
$
2,179,428

 
$
5,431

 
0.25
%
 
$
1,487,844

 
$
3,556

 
0.24
%
 
$
1,059,517

 
$
3,163

 
0.30
%
Money market deposits
 
5,958,461

 
16,001

 
0.27
%
 
5,217,666

 
15,019

 
0.29
%
 
4,883,413

 
16,984

 
0.35
%
Savings deposits
 
1,748,465

 
2,971

 
0.17
%
 
1,546,188

 
2,961

 
0.19
%
 
1,267,059

 
2,795

 
0.22
%
Time deposits
 
6,218,745

 
41,083

 
0.66
%
 
5,964,017

 
41,960

 
0.70
%
 
6,435,102

 
52,953

 
0.82
%
Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings
 
888

 

 

 
155

 

 

 
2,975

 
4

 
0.14
%
FHLB advances
 
349,767

 
4,116

 
1.18
%
 
315,867

 
4,173

 
1.32
%
 
385,644

 
6,248

 
1.62
%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
955,147

 
38,395

 
4.02
%
 
995,000

 
41,381

 
4.16
%
 
997,938

 
46,166

 
4.63
%
Long-term debt
 
237,738

 
4,823

 
2.03
%
 
166,690

 
3,442

 
2.06
%
 
183,285

 
3,855

 
2.10
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
$
17,648,639

 
$
112,820

 
0.64
%
 
$
15,693,427

 
$
112,492

 
0.72
%
 
$
15,214,933

 
$
132,168

 
0.87
%
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
 
6,834,871

 
 
 
 
 
5,179,687

 
 
 
 
 
3,902,534

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
 
451,287

 
 
 
 
 
343,271

 
 
 
 
 
393,948

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
2,717,000

 
 
 
 
 
2,344,307

 
 
 
 
 
2,319,128

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
27,651,797

 
 
 
 
 
$
23,560,692

 
 
 
 
 
$
21,830,543

 
 
 
 
Interest rate spread
 
 
 
 
 
3.83
%
 


 
 
 
4.18
%
 


 
 
 
4.43
%
Net interest income and net interest margin
 
 
 
$
1,040,878

 
4.03
%
 


 
$
956,193

 
4.38
%
 


 
$
918,927

 
4.63
%
 
(1)
Includes the amortization of premiums on investment securities of $24.2 million, $34.0 million and $21.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(2)
Average balances exclude unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities.
(3)
Includes the accretion of discount on non-covered loans receivable of $15.5 million, $7.6 million and $13.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Also includes the net amortization of deferred loan fees and cost totaling $8.9 million, $15.3 million and $16.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(4)
Average balances include nonperforming loans.


34



Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income
 
Changes in the Company’s net interest income are a function of changes in rates and volumes of both interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The following table presents information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the years indicated. The total change for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is segmented into the change attributable to variations in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate) and the change attributable to variations in interest rates (changes in rates multiplied by old volume). Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan balances used to compute this table.
 
Table 3: Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014 vs. 2013
 
2013 vs. 2012
 
 
Total
Change
 
Changes Due to
 
Total
Change
 
Changes Due to
 
 
 
Volume 
 
Rate 
 
 
Volume
 
Rate 
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest-bearing assets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Due from banks and short-term investments
 
$
5,874


$
4,413


$
1,461

 
$
(4,976
)
 
$
(4,023
)
 
$
(953
)
Securities purchased under resale agreements
 
(913
)

(2,398
)

1,485

 
844

 
3,514

 
(2,670
)
Investment securities available-for-sale
 
838


(3,155
)

3,993

 
(14,338
)
 
5,498

 
(19,836
)
Non-covered Loans
 
197,971


202,832


(4,861
)
 
68,786

 
118,376

 
(49,590
)
Covered loans
 
(118,160
)

(112,166
)

(5,994
)
 
(34,922
)
 
(127,243
)
 
92,321

Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock
 
(597
)

(2,202
)

1,605

 
2,196

 
(1,176
)
 
3,372

Total interest and dividend income
 
$
85,013


$
87,324


$
(2,311
)
 
$
17,590

 
$
(5,054
)
 
$
22,644

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 


 


 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Checking deposits
 
$
1,875


$
1,717


$
158

 
$
393

 
$
1,108

 
$
(715
)
Money market deposits
 
982


2,035


(1,053
)
 
(1,965
)
 
1,106

 
(3,071
)
Savings deposits
 
10


364


(354
)
 
166

 
565

 
(399
)
Time deposits
 
(877
)

1,747


(2,624
)
 
(10,993
)
 
(3,688
)
 
(7,305
)
Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings
 
(6
)

4


(10
)
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
 
(2
)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
(57
)

424


(481
)
 
(2,075
)
 
(1,027
)
 
(1,048
)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
(2,986
)

(1,627
)

(1,359
)
 
(4,785
)
 
(136
)
 
(4,649
)
Long-term debt
 
1,387


1,446


(59
)
 
(413
)
 
(344
)
 
(69
)
Total interest expense
 
$
328


$
6,110


$
(5,782
)
 
$
(19,676
)
 
$
(2,418
)
 
$
(17,258
)
Change in net interest income
 
$
84,685


$
81,214


$
3,471

 
$
37,266

 
$
(2,636
)
 
$
39,902


Provision for Loan Losses
 
The Company recorded a provision for loan losses on non-covered loans of $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $18.3 million and $60.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in provision for loan losses on non-covered loans of was due to increased loan balances from the MetroCorp acquisition and organic loan growth. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses on covered loans of $5.0 million, $4.0 million and $5.0 million.

Provisions for loan losses are charged to income to bring the allowance for credit losses as well as the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions to a level deemed appropriate by the Company based on the factors discussed under the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Allowance for Loan Losses” section of this report.
 

35



Noninterest (Loss) Income
 
Table 4: Components of Noninterest (Loss) Income
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014

2013

2012
 
 
(In millions)
Branch fees
 
$
37.9

 
$
32.0

 
$
30.9

Net gains on sales of investment securities
 
10.9

 
12.1

 
0.8

Letters of credit fees and commissions
 
25.9

 
22.1

 
19.1

Ancillary loan fees
 
10.6

 
9.4

 
8.8

Foreign exchange income
 
11.4

 
12.7

 
7.2

Net gains on sales of loans
 
39.1

 
7.8

 
17.0

Dividend and other investment income (loss)
 
5.5

 
1.0

 
(0.4
)
Other commission and fee income
 
29.4

 
20.4

 
16.3

Other operating income
 
19.0

 
18.6

 
17.1

Fees and other operating income
 
$
189.7

 
$
136.1

 
$
116.8

Impairment loss on investment securities
 
$

 
$

 
$
(0.1
)
Changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable
 
(201.4
)
 
(228.6
)
 
(122.3
)
Total noninterest loss
 
$
(11.7
)
 
$
(92.5
)
 
$
(5.6
)
 
Noninterest loss includes revenues earned from sources other than interest income. These sources include service charges and fees on deposit accounts, fees and commissions generated from trade finance activities and the issuance of letters of credit, ancillary fees on loans, net gains on sales of loans and investment securities available-for-sale, changes in the FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable and other noninterest-related revenues.
 
Noninterest loss decreased $80.8 million or 87% from $92.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease was mainly due to a $31.3 million increase in net gains on sale of loans, a $27.2 million reduction in changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable, $9.0 million increase in other commission and fee income, $5.9 million increase in branch fees and $4.5 million increase in dividend and other investment income. Noninterest loss increased $86.9 million from $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $92.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was mainly due to a $106.3 million increase in changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable and a $9.2 million decrease in net gains on sale of loans, partially offset by a $11.3 million increase in net gains on sale of investment securities, $5.5 million increase in foreign exchange income and $4.1 million increase in other commission and fee income.


Periodically, the Company buys and sells loans within the loans held for sale portfolio. In 2014, the Company had proceeds from total loans sold of $1.14 billion and recorded net gains on sale of loans of $39.1 million, compared to proceeds of loans sold of $376.4 million and $428.7 million with net gains on sale of loans of $7.8 million and $17.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable decreased by $27.2 million or 12% to $201.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $228.6 million recorded for the same period in 2013. The decrease in the changes in the FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable was primarily attributable to the continued payoffs and improved credit performance of the covered loan portfolio, as compared to our original estimate. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $228.6 million and $122.3 million of changes in the FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded an FDIC indemnification asset to recognize the expected payments from the FDIC to cover a percentage of the estimated losses in the covered portfolio.

Other commission and fee income increased $9.0 million or 44% to $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $20.4 million for the same period in 2013 due to increases in investment advisory fees and fee income earned from assisting customers in hedging interest rates. Other commission and fee income increased $4.1 million or 25% from $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.



36




Branch fees totaled $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $32.0 million earned in 2013 and $30.9 million earned in 2012. The increase of $5.9 million or 18% in 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily driven by an increase in customer transactions mainly due to the growth experienced during 2014. The majority of branch fees were earned from commercial demand deposit analysis services fees, non-sufficient funds fees and wire fee income.

Dividend and other investment income (loss) was $5.5 million, $1.0 million and $((439) thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The $4.5 million increase for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to a dividend from a CRA investment.

Noninterest Expense
 
Table 5: Components of Noninterest Expense
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014

2013

2012
 
 
(In millions)
Compensation and employee benefits
 
$
231.8

 
$
175.9

 
$
171.4

Occupancy and equipment expense
 
63.8

 
56.6

 
55.5

Amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships
and other tax credit investments
 
75.7

 
27.3

 
18.1

Amortization of premiums on deposits acquired
 
10.2

 
9.4

 
10.9

Deposit insurance premiums and regulatory assessments
 
21.9

 
16.6

 
14.1

Loan related expenses
 
3.4

 
12.5

 
15.0

Other real estate owned (income) expense
 
(3.6
)
 
(1.1
)
 
22.3

Legal expense
 
53.0

 
31.7

 
25.4

Data processing
 
15.9

 
9.1

 
9.2

Other operating expense
 
92.4

 
77.5

 
80.6

Total noninterest expense
 
$
564.5

 
$
415.5

 
$
422.5

 
Noninterest expense, which is primarily comprised of compensation and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses increased $149.0 million or 36% to $564.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $415.5 million for the same period in 2013.
 
Compensation and employee benefits increased $55.9 million or 32% to $231.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $175.9 million for the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily due to increased headcount, severance and retention costs related to the MetroCorp acquisition and organic growth.
 
The amortization of affordable housing partnerships investments and other tax credit investments increased $48.4 million to $75.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $27.3 million for the same period in 2013.  This amortization increase was primarily due to an increase of $53.8 million or 57% in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments to $288.7 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $234.9 million as of December 31, 2013.

The Company recorded OREO income of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.5 million compared to $1.1 million recorded for the same period in 2013. As of December 31, 2014 total net non-covered OREO amounted to $27.6 million, an increase of $8.7 million or 46% compared to $18.9 million as of December 31, 2013. Net covered OREO amounted to $4.5 million as of December 31, 2014, a decrease of $16.9 million or 79% compared to $21.4 million as of December 31, 2013. The $3.6 million in total OREO income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was comprised of $5.8 million in various operating and maintenance expenses related to the Company’s OREO properties, $2.9 million in valuation losses, offset by $12.3 million of gains on sales of 46 OREO properties. The $1.1 million in total OREO income recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013 was comprised of $3.2 million in various operating and maintenance expenses related to our OREO properties, $3.8 million in valuation losses, offset by $8.2 million of gains on sales of 81 OREO properties.
 

37



Legal expense increased $21.3 million or 67% to $53.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $31.7 million for the same period in 2013 primarily due to a litigation accrual of $31.6 million from the case titled “F&F, LLC and 618 Investments, Inc. v. East West Bank” as previously disclosed in the Form 8-K that was filed on September 8, 2014. The case is subject to further legal proceedings including appeal.  The Company continues to appeal but has accrued based on the unfavorable verdict. 
 
Comparing 2013 to 2012, noninterest expense decreased $7.0 million or 2%, from $422.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $415.5 million for the same period in 2013. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease of $23.5 million in OREO expense offset by an increase of $9.2 million in amortization of affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments and $6.3 million in legal expense.
 
Income Taxes
 
Provision for income taxes was $73.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, representing an effective tax rate of 17.6%, compared to $130.8 million, representing an effective tax rate of 30.7%, and $143.9 million, representing an effective tax rate of 33.8% for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The lower effective tax rate in 2014 compared to 2013 and 2012, was mainly due to the additional purchases of affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments. Included in the income tax expense recognized in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $85.7 million, $35.0 million and $18.7 million, respectively, of tax credits generated mainly from investments in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments.
 
Management regularly reviews the Company’s tax positions and deferred tax assets. Factors considered in this analysis include future reversals of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing differences, taxable income in prior carryback years, and tax planning strategies. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized and settled. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $384.4 million and $255.5 million, respectively.

A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that all of the benefit of the deferred tax assets will be realized, with the exception of the deferred tax assets related to certain state NOLs. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been recorded for these amounts. The Company believes that adequate provisions have been made for all income tax uncertainties consistent with the standards of ASC 740-10.

Operating Segment Results
 
The Company defines its operating segments based on its core strategy, and the Company has identified three reportable operating segments: Retail Banking, Commercial Banking and Other.
 
The Retail Banking segment focuses primarily on retail operations through the Bank’s branch network. The Commercial Banking segment, which includes C&I and CRE, primarily generates commercial loans through the efforts of the commercial lending offices located in California, New York, Texas, Washington, Massachusetts, Nevada and Georgia. Furthermore, the Commercial Banking segment also offers a wide variety of international finance and trade services and products. The remaining centralized functions, including the treasury operations of the Company and eliminations of intersegment amounts have been aggregated and included in the “Other” segment.

Changes in the Company’s management structure or reporting methodologies may result in changes in the measurement of operating segment results. Results for prior periods are generally restated for comparability due to changes in management structure or reporting methodologies unless it is not deemed practicable to do so.
 
The Company’s transfer pricing process is formulated with the goal of incenting loan and deposit growth that is consistent with the Company’s overall growth objectives, as well as to provide a reasonable and consistent basis for measurement of the Company’s business segments and product net interest margins. The Company’s transfer pricing assumptions and methodologies are reviewed at least annually to ensure that the process is reflective of current market conditions.
 
For additional information about the Company’s segments, including information about the underlying accounting and reporting process, see Note 20 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.

38



 
Retail Banking
 
The Retail Banking segment reported pretax income of $166.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to a pretax income of $123.9 million for the same period in 2013. The increase of $42.8 million or 35% in earnings for this segment was due to higher net interest income and noninterest income, partially offset by higher provision for loan losses and noninterest expense.
 
Net interest income for this segment increased $48.0 million or 12%, from $414.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $462.1 million for the same period in 2014. The higher net interest income was attributed to growth in low-cost deposits, primarily in demand deposits, offset by lower loan yield.
 
Noninterest income for this segment increased $32.3 million to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to noninterest loss of $17.8 million for the same period in 2013. The increase was primarily due to gains on the sale of student loans and decrease in the reduction of changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable, partially offset by a reduction in loan fees.
 
Noninterest expense for this segment increased $4.8 million or 3%, from $193.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 to $197.8 million for the same period in 2014. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to higher compensation and employee benefits and occupancy and equipment expense, partially offset by lower legal and loan related expenses.
 
Comparing the years ended December 31, 2013 to 2012, the Retail Banking segment reported a pretax income of $123.9 million in 2013, compared to a pretax income of $74.8 million in 2012. The increased earnings for this segment was due to higher net interest income and lower provision for loan losses, partially offset by higher noninterest expense and noninterest loss. Net interest income for this segment increased $70.4 million or 20%, from $343.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $414.2 million for the same period in 2013. The higher net interest income was attributed to growth from single-family residential and consumer loans and lower cost of deposits. Noninterest income for this segment decreased by $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to noninterest income of $17.7 million for the same period 2012. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in the reduction of changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable and lower gains on the sale of student loans, partially offset by an increase in wealth management fee income. Noninterest expense for this segment increased $4.0 million or 2%, from $189.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $193.0 million for the same period in 2013. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to increase in compensation and employee benefits and legal expenses, partially offset by lower OREO and occupancy related expenses.
 
Commercial Banking
 
The Commercial Banking segment reported pretax income of $276.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $272.4 million for the same period in 2013. The increase of $4.2 million or 2% was due to higher net interest income and lower noninterest loss, offset by increases in provision for loan losses and noninterest expenses.
 
Net interest income for this segment increased $71.4 million or 14%, to $596.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $525.0 million for the same period in 2013. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to growth in commercial loans and deposits, offset by lower interest yields and cost of funds.
 
Noninterest loss for this segment totaled $63.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to a loss of $98.9 million for the same period in 2013. The reduction in loss for this segment was primarily due to a decrease in the reduction of changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable and increases in letters of credit fees and commissions and swap income.

Noninterest expense for this segment increased $62.7 million or 49%, to $189.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $126.7 million for the same period in 2013. The increase in noninterest expense was largely attributed to higher compensation and employee benefits and legal expenses.
 

39



Comparing 2013 to 2012, the Commercial Banking segment reported pretax income of $272.4 million in 2013 compared to $266.2 million in 2012. The increase was due to an increase in net interest income and reductions in provision for loan losses and noninterest expense, offset by a larger noninterest loss. Net interest income for this segment increased $36.8 million or 8%, to $525.0 million in 2013, compared to $488.3 million in 2012. The increase in net interest income, despite lower interest yields, was primarily due to growth in commercial loans combined with higher discount accretion into interest income from the covered loan portfolio, and lower cost of deposits. Noninterest loss for this segment totaled $98.9 million, compared to a loss of $34.3 million in 2012. The increase in loss for this segment was primarily due to an increase in the reduction of changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable, partially offset by an increase in loan related fee income. Noninterest expense for this segment decreased $5.9 million or 5%, to $126.7 million in 2013, compared to $132.6 million in 2012. The decrease in noninterest expense was largely attributed to declines in OREO and loan related expenses, offset by increases in compensation and employee benefits, and occupancy expenses.
 
Other
 
The Other segment reported pretax loss of $27.8 million in 2014 compared to pretax income of $29.6 million in 2013. The decrease was due to lower net interest income and higher noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase in noninterest
income.
 
Net interest income decreased $34.6 million or 204%, to net interest loss of $17.6 million in 2014 compared to net interest income of $17.0 million in 2013. The Other segment includes activities of the treasury function, which is responsible for the liquidity and interest rate risk management of the Bank, and supports the Retail Banking and Commercial Banking segments through funds transfer pricing which is the primary cause of the decrease in net interest income. In addition, it bears the cost of adverse movements in interest rates which affect the net interest margin.
 
Noninterest income totaled $37.7 million in 2014, a $13.4 million or 56%, improvement compared to $24.3 million recorded in 2013. The improvement of noninterest income was primarily due to dividends received from the Community Reinvestment Act investments.

Noninterest expense for this segment increased $81.5 million or 85%, to $177.3 million in 2014 compared to $95.8 million in 2013. The increase was primarily due to higher amortization of investment in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments and increased compensation and employee benefits, data processing, and other one-time merger and integration expenses related to the MetroCorp acquisition.

Comparing 2013 to 2012, the Other segment reported pretax income of $29.6 million in 2013 compared to $84.6 million in 2012, a reduction of $55.0 million or 65%. The decline was due to lower net interest income, partially offset by an increase in noninterest income and a reduction in noninterest expense. Net interest income decreased $69.9 million or 80%, to $17.0 million in 2013 compared to $86.9 million in 2012. Noninterest income totaled $24.3 million in 2013, a $13.3 million or 121%, improvement compared to $11.0 million recorded in 2012. The improvement of noninterest income was primarily driven by higher gains from sales of investment securities, rental income, and partially offset by lower gains from disposal of fixed assets. Noninterest expense for this segment decreased $5.1 million or 5%, to $95.8 million in 2013 compared to $100.9 million in 2012. The decrease was primarily due to lower compensation and employee benefits and no prepayment penalties on FHLB advances in 2013 compared to the prior year, net of increases from amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships and legal expense.
 
Balance Sheet Analysis
 
Total assets increased $4.01 billion or 16%, to $28.74 billion as of December 31, 2014, compared to $24.73 billion as of December 31, 2013. The increase in total assets was largely due to an increase in net non-covered loans held for investment of $4.58 billion, offset by a decrease in net covered loans of $713.7 million. Excluding the $1.19 billion of loans from the acquisition of MetroCorp, the increase in net non-covered loans was mainly due to organic growth and the decrease in net covered loans was primarily due to payoffs and paydown activities. In addition, goodwill increased $132.0 million or 39%, to $469.4 million due to the acquisition of MetroCorp.

Total deposits increased $3.60 billion or 18%, to $24.01 billion as of December 31, 2014 compared to $20.41 billion as of December 31, 2013. The increase in total deposits is mainly due to a $2.04 billion and $1.56 billion increase in interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits, respectively. Of the overall increase, $1.32 billion was attributed to the acquisition of MetroCorp and the remainder due to organic growth. Additional details of the MetroCorp acquisition are disclosed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report. 


40



Investment Securities
 
Income from investing activities provides a significant portion of the Company’s total income. The Company aims to maintain an investment portfolio with an appropriate mix of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate securities with relatively short maturities to minimize overall interest rate risk. The Company’s investment securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities, U.S. government sponsored enterprise and other mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and corporate debt securities. Investments classified as available-for-sale are carried at their estimated fair values with the corresponding changes in fair values recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, as a component of stockholders’ equity. All investment securities have been classified as available-for-sale as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Total investment securities available-for-sale decreased $107.4 million or 4% to $2.63 billion as of December 31, 2014, compared with $2.73 billion as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2014, the investment portfolio had a net unrealized gain of $7.2 million as compared to a net unrealized loss of $52.7 million as of December 31, 2013. Unrealized losses on these securities are primarily attributed to yield curve movement, together with the widened liquidity spread and credit spread. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, investment securities available-for-sale with a par value of $1.93 billion and $1.97 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window, or for other purposes required or permitted by law.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total repayments/maturities and proceeds from sales of investment securities amounted to $554.7 million and $623.7 million, respectively. In comparison, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, total repayments/maturities were $444.1 million and $1.12 billion, respectively, and proceeds from sales of investment securities amounted to $663.6 million and 1.23 billion, respectively. Proceeds from repayments, maturities, sales and redemptions in 2014, 2013 and 2012 were applied towards additional investment securities purchases totaling $960.1 million, $1.32 billion and 1.84 billion respectively. The Company recorded net gains totaling $10.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $1.2 million or 10%, from $12.1 million on sales of investment securities for the year ended December 31, 2013. In comparison, the Company recorded net gains totaling $757 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012.

For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 1, Note 3 and Note 6 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.
 

41



The following table presents certain information regarding the fair value of our investment securities available-for-sale, as well as the weighted average yields, and contractual maturity distribution, excluding periodic principal payments, of our available-for-sale portfolio as of December 31, 2014.

Table 6: Yields and Maturities of Investment Securities
 
 
Within
One Year
 
After One
But Within
Five Years
 
After Five
But Within
Ten Years
 
After
Ten Years
 
Total
 
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
 
($ in thousands)
As of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
30,549

 
0.43
%
 
$
842,886

 
1.12
%
 
$

 
%
 
$

 
%
 
$
873,435

 
1.10
%
U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities
 
229,502

 
1.76
%
 
56,928

 
1.52
%
 
24,594

 
2.54
%
 

 
%
 
311,024

 
1.78
%
U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 

 
%
 
2,572

 
3.56
%
 
80,008

 
3.38
%
 
58,840

 
2.38
%
 
141,420

 
2.97
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
24,291

 
1.68
%
 
766,797

 
1.80
%
 
791,088

 
1.80
%
Municipal securities
 
3,200

 
2.84
%
 
120,180

 
2.57
%
 
116,635

 
2.54
%
 
10,433

 
3.73
%
 
250,448

 
2.61
%
Other residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
53,918

 
3.42
%
 
53,918

 
3.42
%
Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
34,053

 
2.16
%
 

 
%
 
34,053

 
2.16
%
Corporate debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade
 
26,263

 
0.96
%
 

 
%
 
49,591

 
1.53
%
 
39,328

 
1.41
%
 
115,182

 
1.36
%
Non-investment grade
 
9,184

 
0.86
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
5,497

 
3.70
%
 
14,681

 
1.86
%
Other securities
 
41,116

 
2.61
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
41,116

 
2.61
%
Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
339,814

 
 
 
$
1,022,566

 
 
 
$
329,172

 
 
 
$
934,813

 
 
 
$
2,626,365

 
 
 
Covered Assets
 
Covered assets consist of loans receivable and OREO that were acquired in the WFIB Acquisition on June 11, 2010 and in the UCB Acquisition on November 6, 2009 for which the Company entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. The shared-loss agreements covered over 99% of the loans originated by WFIB and all of the loans originated by UCB, excluding the loans originated by UCB in China under its United Commercial Bank China (Limited) subsidiary. The Company shares in the losses, which began with the first dollar of loss incurred, on covered (“covered assets”) under the shared-loss agreements.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Company 80% of eligible losses for both WFIB and UCB with respect to covered assets. For the UCB covered assets, the FDIC will reimburse the Company for 95% of eligible losses in excess of $2.05 billion. The Company has a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FDIC for 80% or 95%, as applicable, of eligible recoveries with respect to covered assets. The commercial loan and single-family residential mortgage loan shared-loss provisions are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date.

The shared-loss coverage for the commercial loans acquired from the UCB and WFIB acquisitions end on the fifth anniversary of the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. Accordingly, the shared-loss coverage of the UCB and WFIB commercial loans and other assets shared-loss agreements was extended to December 31, 2014 and will extend through June 30, 2015, respectively. Covered loans, net of discount was $1.48 billion as of December 31, 2014. The balance of the UCB commercial loans and other assets, net of discount was $1.10 billion as of December 31, 2014. The loss recovery provisions of the UCB and WFIB commercial loan shared-loss agreements will extend for an additional three years, through December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2018, respectively. Additionally, both the shared-loss coverage and loss recovery provisions of the UCB and WFIB residential loan shared-loss agreements are in effect for a 10-year period, extending through November 30, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. Upon expiration of the shared-loss coverage periods, any losses on loans will no longer be shared with the FDIC.


42



The following table presents the composition of the covered loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:

Table 7: Composition of Covered Loan Portfolio
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
($ in thousands)
Commercial real estate
 
$
705,665

 
44
%
 
$
1,103,530

 
45
%
Construction and land
 
46,054

 
3
%
 
163,833

 
7
%
Total CRE
 
$
751,719

 
47
%
 
$
1,267,363

 
52
%
Residential single-family
 
$
240,650

 
15
%
 
$
290,095

 
12
%
Residential multifamily
 
296,599

 
18
%
 
403,508

 
16
%
Total residential
 
$
537,249

 
33
%
 
$
693,603

 
28
%
Commercial business
 
$
252,986

 
16
%
 
$
426,621

 
17
%
Other consumer
 
62,986

 
4
%
 
73,973

 
3
%
Total other loans
 
$
315,972

 
20
%
 
$
500,594

 
20
%
Total principal balance
 
$
1,604,940

 
100
%
 
$
2,461,560

 
100
%
Covered discount
 
(127,246
)
 
 
 
(265,917
)
 
 
Allowance on covered loans
 
(3,505
)
 
 
 
(7,745
)
 
 
Total covered loans, net
 
$
1,474,189

 
 
 
$
2,187,898

 
 
 
FDIC Indemnification Asset/Payable to FDIC, net
 
For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $101.6 million and $99.1 million of amortization to the FDIC indemnification asset, respectively. Additionally, the Company recorded a $33.6 million and $95.5 million reduction to the FDIC indemnification asset for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The reduction for both years was primarily due to a lower loss rate and loan paydowns. As these covered loans are removed from their respective pools, due to payoffs and charge-offs, the Company records a proportionate amount of accretable yield into interest income. Correspondingly, the Company removes the indemnification asset associated with those removed loans and the adjustments are recorded into noninterest income. In 2014, the estimated amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference) was reduced as the loss on certain loan pools was evaluated and determined to be lower than expected. As a result of the reduction in the nonaccretable yield, the accretable yield increased, as did the amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset. Due to the greater than expected collectability on the remaining covered loans, the accrued liability to the FDIC also increased for the year ended December 31, 2014. See Note 8 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report for further discussion.
 
FDIC Receivable
 
As of December 31, 2014, the FDIC shared-loss receivable was $1.0 million as compared to $30.3 million as of December 31, 2013. This receivable represents current reimbursable amounts from the FDIC, under the FDIC shared-loss agreements that have not yet been received. These reimbursable amounts include net charge-offs, loan related expenses and OREO-related expenses. Consequently, 100% of the loan related and OREO expenses are recorded as noninterest expense, 80% of reimbursable expense is recorded as noninterest income, netting to the 20% of actual expense paid by the Company. The FDIC also shares in 80% of recoveries received. Thus, the FDIC receivable is reduced when the Company receives payment from the FDIC as well as when recoveries occur. The FDIC shared-loss receivable is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

For complete discussion and disclosure of covered assets, FDIC indemnification asset and FDIC receivable see Note 8 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.
 

43



Non-covered Loans
 
The Company offers a broad range of products designed to meet the credit needs of its borrowers. The Company’s lending activities consist of income producing CRE loans, construction loans, land loans, commercial business loans, trade finance loans, student loans, single-family residential loans, multifamily residential loans and other consumer loans. Net non-covered loans receivable increased $4.42 billion or 28% from $15.62 as of December 31, 2013 to $20.04 billion as of December 31, 2014.

The following table presents the composition of the non-covered loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:
 
Table 8: Composition of Non-Covered Loan Portfolio
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
($ in thousands)
CRE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income producing
 
$
5,611,485

 
27
%
 
$
4,301,030

 
27
%
 
$
3,644,035

 
30
%
 
$
3,487,866

 
34
%
 
$
3,392,984

 
39
%
Construction
 
313,811

 
2
%
 
140,186

 
1
%
 
121,589

 
1
%
 
171,410

 
2
%
 
278,047

 
3
%
Land
 
208,750

 
1
%
 
143,861

 
1
%
 
129,071

 
1
%
 
173,089

 
2
%
 
235,707

 
3
%
Total CRE
 
$
6,134,046

 
30
%
 
$
4,585,077

 
29
%
 
$
3,894,695

 
32
%
 
$
3,832,365

 
38
%
 
$
3,906,738

 
45
%
C&I
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial business
 
$
7,031,350

 
35
%
 
$
4,637,056

 
30
%
 
$
3,569,388

 
30
%
 
$
2,655,917

 
26
%
 
$
1,674,698

 
19
%
Trade finance
 
806,744

 
4
%
 
723,137

 
5
%
 
661,877

 
6
%
 
486,555

 
4
%
 
308,657

 
3
%
Total C&I
 
$
7,838,094

 
39
%
 
$
5,360,193

 
35
%
 
$
4,231,265

 
36
%
 
$
3,142,472

 
30
%
 
$
1,983,355

 
22
%
Residential:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single-family
 
$
3,642,978

 
18
%
 
$
3,192,875

 
20
%
 
$
2,187,323

 
18
%
 
$
1,796,635

 
17
%
 
$
1,119,024

 
13
%
Multifamily
 
1,177,690

 
6
%
 
992,434

 
6
%
 
900,708

 
8
%
 
933,168

 
9
%
 
974,745

 
11
%
Total residential
 
$
4,820,668

 
24
%
 
$
4,185,309

 
26
%
 
$
3,088,031

 
26
%
 
$
2,729,803

 
26
%
 
$
2,093,769

 
24
%
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
 
$

 
%
 
$
679,220

 
4
%
 
$
475,799

 
4
%
 
$
306,325

 
3
%
 
$
490,314

 
6
%
Other consumer
 
1,456,643

 
7
%
 
868,518

 
6
%
 
269,083

 
2
%
 
277,461

 
3
%
 
243,212

 
3
%
Total consumer
 
$
1,456,643

 
7
%
 
$
1,547,738

 
10
%
 
$
744,882

 
6
%
 
$
583,786

 
6
%
 
$
733,526

 
9
%
Total non-covered loans (1)
 
$
20,249,451

 
100
%
 
$
15,678,317

 
100
%
 
$
11,958,873

 
100
%
 
$
10,288,426

 
100
%
 
$
8,717,388

 
100
%
Unearned fees, premiums, and discounts, net
 
2,804

 
 
 
(23,672
)
 
 
 
(19,301
)
 
 
 
(16,762
)
 
 
 
(56,781
)
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
(258,174
)
 
 
 
(241,930
)
 
 
 
(229,382
)
 
 
 
(209,876
)
 
 
 
(230,408
)
 
 
Loans held for sale, net
 
45,950

 
 
 
204,970

 
 
 
174,317

 
 
 
278,603

 
 
 
220,055

 
 
Non-covered loans receivable, net
 
$
20,040,031

 
 
 
$
15,617,685

 
 
 
$
11,884,507

 
 
 
$
10,340,391

 
 
 
$
8,650,254

 
 
(1) Loans net of ASC 310-30 discount.

CRE Loans. The CRE loan portfolio includes income producing real estate loans, construction loans and land loans. The Company continues to originate CRE loans that are advantageous opportunities for the Bank. Although real estate lending activities are collateralized by real property, these transactions are subject to similar credit evaluation, underwriting and monitoring standards as those applied to commercial business loans. CRE loans accounted for $6.13 billion or 30%, and $4.59 billion or 29%, of the non-covered loan portfolio as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Approximately 80% of the CRE loans are secured by real estates in California. Since a significant portion of the real estate loans are secured by properties located in California, changes in the California economy and in real estate values could have a significant impact on the collectability of the loans and on the level of allowance for loan losses required.

C&I Loans. The C&I loan portfolio includes commercial business and trade finance loans. The Company finances small and middle-market businesses in a wide spectrum of industries throughout California. Included in commercial business loans are loans for working capital, accounts receivable lines, inventory lines, SBA loans and lease financing. The Company also offers a variety of international trade services and products, including letters of credit, revolving lines of credit, import loans, bankers’ acceptances, working capital lines, domestic purchase financing and pre-export financing. As of December 31, 2014, the C&I loans portfolio accounted for a total of $7.84 billion or 39% of the Company’s loan portfolio, compared to $5.36 billion or 35% as of December 31, 2013.
 

44



Most of the Company’s trade finance activities are related to trade with Asian countries. However, a majority of the Company’s loans are made to companies domiciled in the United States. A substantial portion of this business involves California based customers engaged in import and export activities. The Company also offers export-import financing to various customers. Certain trade finance loans may be guaranteed by the Export-Import Bank of the United States or are direct obligations of the Export-Import Bank of China. The Company’s trade finance portfolio as of December 31, 2014 primarily represents loans made to borrowers that import goods into the U.S and export goods to China. These financings are generally made through letters of credit ranging between $100 thousand to $1 million. As of December 31, 2014, total unfunded commitments related to trade finance loans was $595.3 million, a decrease of $65.6 million or10% compared to $660.9 million as of December 31, 2013.

Residential Loans. The residential loan portfolio consists of both single-family and multifamily loans. As of December 31, 2014, $4.82 billion or 24% of the loan portfolio were residential, compared to $4.19 billion or 26% of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013.
 
The Company offers adjustable rate (“ARM”) first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four unit residential properties located in its primary lending areas. The Company offers ARM single-family loan programs with one-year or three-year initial fixed periods. The Company originated $1.04 billion and $1.62 billion in new single-family residential loans for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company also offers ARM HELOCs secured by one-to-four unit residential properties located in its primary lending areas. The program is a low documentation program that requires low loan to value ratios, typically 60% or less. These loans have historically experienced low delinquency and default rates. The Company originated $914.8 million and $973.8 million in new HELOCs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
In addition, the Company also offers ARM multifamily residential loan program with six-month or three-year initial fixed periods. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company originated $296.6 million and $247.1 million, respectively, in multifamily residential loans.

Consumer Loans. The consumer loans segment includes non-guaranteed student loans, HELOCs, auto loans, and insurance premium financing loans. Consumer loans decreased by $91.1 million or 6% from $1.55 billion as of December 31, 2013 to $1.46 billion as of December 31, 2014, mainly due to the sale of student loans.
 
Loans Held for Sale.  Loans held for sale decreased $159.0 million or 78% to $46.0 million as of December 31, 2014 from $205.0 million as of December 31, 2013. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value.  Fair value is derived from current market prices.  $837.4 million and $97.1 million of net loans receivable were reclassified from loans held for investment to loans held for sale for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Loans transferred were primarily comprised of student loans and C&I loans in 2014 and in 2013. These loans were purchased by the Company with the original intent to be held for investment. However, subsequent to the purchase, the Company’s intent for these loans changed and they were consequently reclassified to loans held for sale. $5.2 million of write-downs related to loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale were recorded to allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company did not record any write-downs related to loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Proceeds from total loans sold were $1.14 billion, resulting in net gains of $39.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The majority of loans sold in 2014 were comprised of student loans and commercial loans. In comparison, proceeds from total loans sold were $376.4 million and $428.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, resulting in net gains of $7.8 million and $17.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Loans sold in 2013 and 2012 were primarily comprised of student loans and commercial loans, respectively.

Foreign Loans — Loans held in the Company’s overseas offices increased $241.6 million or 63% to $626.6 million as of December 31, 2014 from $384.9 million as of December 31, 2013. These loans represent 2% of total consolidated assets for both periods. These loans are included in the Composition of Non-Covered Loan Portfolio table above.

45



Table 9: Maturity of Loan Portfolio
 
 
Within
One Year
 
After One
But Within
Five Years
 
More Than
Five Years
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
CRE
 
$
20,396

 
$
3,076,058

 
$
3,037,592

 
$
6,134,046

C&I
 
85,967

 
5,879,236

 
1,872,891

 
7,838,094

Residential
 
6,091
 
239,788
 
4,574,789
 
4,820,668
Consumer
 
5,884

 
57,552

 
1,393,207

 
1,456,643

Total non-covered loans (1)
 
$
118,338

 
$
9,252,634

 
$
10,878,479

 
$
20,249,451

(1) Loans net of ASC 310-30 discount.
 
The following table presents outstanding loans, including projected prepayments, scheduled to be repriced within one year, after one but within five years, and in more than five years, excluding nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2014:
 
Table 10: Loans Scheduled to be Repriced 
 
 
Within
One Year
 
After One
But Within
Five Years
 
More Than
Five Years
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Total fixed rate
 
$
689,700

 
$
563,670

 
$
321,054

 
$
1,574,424

Total variable rate
 
8,555,304

 
6,715,159

 
3,404,564

 
18,675,027

Total non-covered loans (1)
 
$
9,245,004

 
$
7,278,829

 
$
3,725,618

 
$
20,249,451

(1) Loans net of ASC 310-30 discount.
 
Non-covered Nonperforming Assets
 
Generally, the Company’s policy is to place a loan on nonaccrual status if principal or interest payments are past due in excess of 90 days. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest recognized in interest income is reversed. In general, subsequent payments received are applied to the outstanding principal balance of the loan. A loan is returned to accrual status when the borrower has demonstrated a satisfactory payment trend subject to management’s assessment of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.
 
Non-covered nonperforming assets are comprised of non-covered nonaccrual loans, accruing loans past due 90 days or more, and non-covered OREO, net. Non-covered nonperforming assets totaled $128.7 million or 0.45% of total assets as of December 31, 2014 and $130.6 million, or 0.53% of total assets, as of December 31, 2013. Nonaccrual loans totaled $101.0 million and $111.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease of $10.6 million or 10% in nonaccrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2014 resulted mainly from payoff and paydowns.

Loans totaling $129.7 million were placed on nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2014. Loans totaling $50.9 million which were not 90 days past due as of December 31, 2014, were included in nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2014. Additions to nonaccrual loans in 2014 were offset by $57.8 million in payoffs and principal paydowns, $35.8 million in gross charge-offs, $26.6 million in loans that became current, $19.4 million in loans that were transferred to OREO and $777 thousand in loans sold. Additions to nonaccrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2014 were comprised of $55.3 million in CRE loans, $44.9 million in C&I loans, $23.0 million in residential loans, and $6.5 million in consumer loans.


46



The Company had $68.3 million and $71.8 million in total performing troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Nonperforming TDR loans were $20.7 million and $11.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Included as TDRs were $2.9 million and $4.3 million of performing A/B notes as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In A/B note restructurings, the original note is bifurcated into two notes where the A note represents the portion of the original loan which allows for acceptable loan-to-value and debt coverage on the collateral and is expected to be collected in full and the B note represents the portion of the original loan where there is a shortfall in value and is fully charged-off. The A/B note balance is comprised of A note balance only. A notes are not disclosed as TDRs in years after the restructuring if the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the Company was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk, and the loan is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement and has demonstrated a period of sustained performance under the modified terms. As of December 31, 2014, total TDRs were comprised of $36.6 million in CRE loans, $21.7 million in C&I loans, $29.5 million in residential loans, and $1.2 million in consumer loans. As of December 31, 2013, total TDRs were comprised of $41.0 million in CRE loans, $20.2 million in C&I loans, $21.0 million in residential loans, and $747 thousand in consumer loans. TDRs are included in the impaired loan quarterly valuation allowance process. All portfolio segments of TDRs are reviewed for necessary specific reserves in the same manner as impaired loans of the same portfolio segment.
 
Non-covered OREO includes properties acquired through foreclosure or through full or partial satisfaction of loans. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had OREO properties with a combined carrying value of $27.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company foreclosed on properties with an aggregate carrying value of $27.1 million as of the foreclosure date. Additionally, the Company recorded $1.6 million in write-downs. The Company also sold 17 OREO properties for total proceeds of $60.7 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had OREO properties with a carrying value of $18.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company foreclosed on properties with an aggregate carrying value of $9.4 million as of the foreclosure date. In addition to the $1.4 million recorded in write-downs for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company sold 35 OREO properties for total proceeds of $25.5 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $3.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold 47 OREO properties for total proceeds of $34.1 million resulting in a net gain on sale of $232 thousand and recoveries totaling $2.0 million.
 
The following table presents information regarding nonaccrual loans, loans 90 or more days past due but not on nonaccrual, restructured loans and non-covered OREO as of the dates indicated:
 
Table 11: Nonperforming Assets
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
($ in thousands)
Nonaccrual loans
 
$
101,043

 
$
111,651

 
$
108,109

 
$
145,632

 
$
172,929

Loans 90 or more days past due but not on nonaccrual
 

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans
 
$
101,043

 
$
111,651

 
$
108,109

 
$
145,632

 
$
172,929

Non-covered other real estate owned, net
 
27,612

 
18,900

 
32,911

 
29,350

 
21,865

Total nonperforming assets
 
$
128,655

 
$
130,551

 
$
141,020

 
$
174,982

 
$
194,794

Performing restructured loans
 
$
68,338

 
$
71,826

 
$
94,580

 
$
99,603

 
$
122,139

Total nonperforming assets to total assets
 
0.45
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.63
%
 
0.80
%
 
0.94
%
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
 
255.51
%
 
216.68
%
 
212.18
%
 
144.11
%
 
133.24
%
Nonperforming loans to total gross non-covered loans
 
0.50
%
 
0.70
%
 
0.89
%
 
1.38
%
 
1.93
%
 
The Company evaluates loan impairment according to the provisions of ASC 310-10, Receivables. Under ASC 310-10, loans are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all scheduled payments of principal or interest due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as an expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, less costs to sell. If the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan and the loan is classified as nonperforming and uncollectible, the deficiency will be charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Also, in accordance with ASC 310-10, loans that are considered impaired are specifically excluded from the quarterly migration analysis when determining the amount of the general valuation allowance for loan losses required for the period.


47



For collateral dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral is based on third party appraisals or evaluations which are reviewed by the Company’s appraisal department. Updated appraisals and evaluations are obtained on a regular basis or at least annually. Further, on a quarterly basis, all appraisals and evaluations of nonperforming assets are reviewed to assess the current carrying value and to ensure that the current carrying value is appropriate. In calculating the discount to be applied to an appraisal or evaluation, if necessary, the Company considers the location of collateral, the property type, and third party comparable sales. If it is assessed by management that the current value is not appropriate, adjustments to the carrying value will be calculated and a charge-off may be taken to reduce the loan or the OREO to the appropriate adjusted carrying value.
 
As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s total recorded investment in impaired loans was $154.1 million, compared with $183.5 million as of December 31, 2013. The $29.4 million or 16% decrease in impaired loans was largely due to a decrease in nonperforming loans. All nonaccrual and doubtful loans held for investment and loans modified in a TDR are included in impaired loans. As of December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses included $19.5 million for impaired loans with a total recorded balance of $71.7 million. As of December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses included $24.1 million for impaired loans with a total recorded balance of $73.5 million.
 
The following table presents information regarding impaired loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

Table 11.1: Impaired loans
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
($ in thousands)
CRE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income producing
 
$
50,045

 
33
%
 
$
65,268

 
35
%
Construction
 
6,888

 
4
%
 
6,888

 
4
%
Land
 
8,460

 
5
%
 
12,280

 
7
%
Total CRE impaired loans
 
$
65,393

 
42
%
 
$
84,436

 
46
%
C&I:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial business
 
$
36,269

 
24
%
 
$
38,337

 
21
%
Trade finance
 
274

 
%
 
1,190

 
1
%
Total C&I impaired loans
 
$
36,543

 
24
%
 
$
39,527

 
22
%
Residential:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single-family
 
$
16,535

 
11
%
 
$
15,173

 
8
%
Multifamily
 
34,390

 
22
%
 
41,114

 
22
%
Total residential impaired loans
 
$
50,925

 
33
%
 
$
56,287

 
30
%
Consumer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
 
$

 
%
 
$
1,681

 
1
%
Other consumer
 
1,259

 
1
%
 
1,546

 
1
%
Total consumer impaired loans
 
$
1,259

 
1
%
 
$
3,227

 
2
%
Total gross impaired loans
 
$
154,120

 
100
%

$
183,477

 
100
%
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The Company is committed to maintaining the allowance for loan losses at a level that is commensurate with the estimated inherent loss in the loan portfolio. In addition to regular quarterly reviews of the allowance for loan losses, the Company performs an ongoing assessment of the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses which is charged against current period operating results, and is increased or decreased by the amount of net recoveries or charge-offs, respectively, during the period. While the Company believes that the allowance for loan losses is appropriate as of December 31, 2014, future additions to the allowance will be subject to a continuing evaluation of inherent risks in the loan portfolio.


48



The Company’s methodology to determine the overall appropriateness of the allowance is based on a classification migration model and qualitative considerations. The migration model examines pools of loans having similar characteristics and analyzes their loss rates over a historical period. The Company assigns loss rates to each loan grade within each pool of loans. Loss rates derived by the migration model are based predominantly on historical loss trends that may not be entirely indicative of the actual or inherent loss potential. As such, the Company utilizes qualitative and environmental factors as adjusting mechanisms to supplement the historical results of the classification migration model. Qualitative considerations include, but are not limited to, prevailing economic or market conditions, relative risk profiles of various loan segments, volume concentrations, growth trends, delinquency and nonaccrual status, problem loan trends, and geographic concentrations. Qualitative and environmental factors are reflected as percentage adjustments and are added to the historical loss rates derived from the classified asset migration model to determine the appropriate allowance for each loan pool.

The following table presents the Company’s allocation of the combined non-covered and covered allowance for loan losses by loan segment and the ratio of each loan segment to total loans as of the dates indicated:

Table 12: Allowance for Loan Losses by Loan Segment
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
($ in thousands)
CRE
 
$
69,472

(1) 
28
%
 
$
64,677

 
23
%
C&I
 
134,598

 
36
%
 
115,184

 
26
%
Residential
 
43,856

 
22
%
 
50,717

 
30
%
Consumer
 
10,248

 
7
%
 
11,352

 
9
%
Covered loans subject to allowance for loan losses
 
3,505

 
7
%
 
7,745

 
12
%
Total
 
$
261,679

 
100
%
 
$
249,675

 
100
%
(1)
Includes allowance of $290 thousand relating to PCI loans acquired from MetroCorp.

Non-covered Loans
 
As of December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans was $258.2 million, or 1.27% of total non-covered loans receivable, compared to $241.9 million or 1.54% of total non-covered loans receivable as of December 31, 2013. The $16.2 million or 7% increase in the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans as of December 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013, was primarily due to loan growth.
 
Total non-covered loans net charge-offs amounted to $26.3 million or 0.14% of the average total non-covered loans for the year ended December 31, 2014. This compares to $3.6 million or 0.03% of the average total non-covered loans as of the same period in 2013. The increase in non-covered loans net charge-offs in 2014 was primarily due to charge-offs related to C&I loans and a $5.2 million write-down of student loans transferred to loans held for sale. The increases in allowance for loan losses on the non-covered C&I and CRE loan portfolio were consistent with the increases in these portfolios. The Company continues to aggressively monitor delinquencies and proactively review the credit risk exposure of the loan portfolio to minimize and mitigate potential losses.

The allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities and amounted to $12.7 million and $11.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures and recourse provisions are included in the provision for loan losses.
 

49



The following table presents activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 21, 2010 through 2014:

Table 13: Allowance for Loan Losses on Non-covered Loans
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
($ in thousands)
NON-COVERED LOANS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for non-covered loans, beginning of year
 
$
241,930

 
$
229,382

 
$
209,876

 
$
230,408

 
$
238,833

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit
 
(1,575
)
 
(2,157
)
 
1,563

 
(1,048
)
 
(1,833
)
Provision for loan losses on non-covered loans
 
44,125

 
18,336

 
60,168

 
92,584

 
195,934

Gross charge-offs:
 


 


 


 


 
 
CRE
 
3,294

(1) 
3,357

 
27,060

 
78,803

 
137,460

C&I
 
29,592

 
7,405

 
21,818

 
30,606

 
35,479

Residential
 
1,103

 
3,197

 
7,700

 
13,323

 
49,685

Consumer
 
5,793

 
2,385

 
1,824

 
1,959

 
2,579

Total gross charge-offs
 
39,782

 
16,344

 
58,402

 
124,691

 
225,203

Gross recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CRE
 
1,982

 
4,793

 
9,482

 
4,691

 
10,073

C&I
 
8,635

 
4,392

 
4,970

 
7,041

 
10,116

Residential
 
2,410

 
2,647

 
1,614

 
596

 
1,626

Consumer
 
449

 
881

 
111

 
295

 
862

Total gross recoveries
 
13,476

 
12,713

 
16,177

 
12,623

 
22,677

Net charge-offs
 
26,306

 
3,631

 
42,225

 
112,068

 
202,526

Allowance balance for non-covered loans, end of year
 
$
258,174

(2) 
$
241,930

 
$
229,382

 
$
209,876

 
$
230,408

Average non-covered loans outstanding
 
$
18,296,514

 
$
13,734,759

 
$
11,023,745

 
$
9,668,106

 
$
8,634,283

Total gross non-covered loans outstanding, end of year
 
$
20,249,451

 
$
15,678,317

 
$
11,958,873

 
$
10,228,426

 
$
8,717,388

Net charge-offs on non-covered loans to average non-covered loans
 
0.14
%
 
0.03
%
 
0.38
%
 
1.16
%
 
2.35
%
Allowance for non-covered loan losses to total gross non-covered loans held for investment at end of year
 
1.27
%
 
1.54
%
 
1.92
%
 
2.04
%
 
2.64
%
(1)
Includes charge-off of $523 thousand relating to PCI loans acquired from MetroCorp.
(2)
Includes allowance of $290 thousand relating to PCI loans acquired from MetroCorp.

Covered Loans

Based on the Company’s evaluation of estimates of cash flows expected to be collected, the Company may establish an allowance for the PCI covered pool of loans, with a charge to income through the provision for loan losses, where appropriate. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the majority of the PCI covered loan portfolio was performing better than expected from our initial estimates on acquisition. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has established an allowance of $424 thousand on $61.6 million of PCI covered loans. As of December 31, 2013, an allowance of $2.3 million was established on $129.7 million of PCI covered loans. The allowance balances for both periods were allocated mainly to the PCI covered CRE loans.

50



With respect to the covered advances, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans with similar characteristics. The allowance for covered advances was $3.1 million, $5.5 million and $5.2 million as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Table 13.1: Allowance for Loan Losses on Covered Loans
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
(In thousands)
COVERED ADVANCES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowances for covered advances, beginning of period
 
$
5,476

 
$
5,153

 
$
6,647

 
$
4,225

 
$

Provision for loan losses on covered advances
 
6,878

 
1,759

 
5,016

 
2,422

 
4,225

Net charge-offs
 
9,273

 
1,436

 
6,510

 

 

Allowance for covered advances, end of period
 
$
3,081

 
$
5,476

 
$
5,153

 
$
6,647

 
$
4,225

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PCI COVERED LOANS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for PCI loans, beginning of the period
 
$
2,269

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

(Reversal of) provision for loan losses on PCI loans
 
(1,845
)
 
2,269

 

 
 
 

Allowance for PCI loans, end of the period
 
$
424

 
$
2,269

 
$

 
$

 
$

Total allowance, end of year
 
$
3,505

 
$
7,745

 
$
5,153

 
$
6,647

 
$
4,225


Deposits
 
The Company offers a wide variety of deposit account products to both consumer and commercial customers. Total deposits increased $3.60 billion or 18% to $24.01 billion as of December 31, 2014, as compared to $20.41 billion as of December 31, 2013. The increase in total deposits for the year ended December 31, 2014, was mainly due to the $1.32 billion of deposits acquired from MetroCorp and the overall increases in non-interest bearing demand deposits, money market, interest-bearing checking and time deposits.
 
As of December 31, 2014, time deposits within the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program decreased $23.3 million or 11% to $180.0 million, compared to $203.3 million as of December 31, 2013. The CDARS program allows customers with deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits to obtain full coverage on time deposits through a network of banks within the CDARS program. Additionally, the Company partners with other financial institutions to offer a retail sweep product for non-time deposit accounts to provide added deposit insurance coverage for deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits. Deposits gathered through these programs are considered brokered deposits under current regulatory reporting guidelines.
 
Public deposits increased $518.6 million or 43% to $1.72 billion as of December 31, 2014, from $1.20 billion as of December 31, 2013. A large portion of these public funds are comprised of deposits from the State of California.
 
Time deposits greater than $100 thousand were $4.45 billion, representing 19% of the deposit portfolio as of December 31, 2014. These accounts, consisting primarily of deposits by consumers, had a weighted average interest rate of 0.79% as of December 31, 2014. The following table presents the remaining maturities as of December 31, 2014 of time deposits greater than $100 thousand:
 
Table 14: Time Deposits $100,000 or Greater

December 31, 2014

(In thousands)
3 months or less
$
1,411,685

Over 3 months through 6 months
859,442

Over 6 months through 12 months
1,251,628

Over 12 months
927,938

Total
$
4,450,693



51



Borrowings
 
The Company utilizes a combination of short-term and long-term borrowings to manage its liquidity position. FHLB advances increased $2.1 million or 1% to $317.2 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $315.1 million as of December 31, 2013. The increase in FHLB advances does not represent additional advances but rather is the accretion adjustment for the discount associated with these advances.
 
The Company also utilizes securities sold under repurchase agreements (“repurchase agreements”) to manage its liquidity position. Repurchase agreements decreased $200.0 million or 20% from $995.0 million as of December 31, 2013 to $795.0 million as of December 31, 2014. This decrease was mainly due to a $200.0 million securities purchased under resale agreements ("resale agreements") that was entered into in the third quarter of 2014, which was eligible for netting against an existing repurchase agreement with the same counterparty. No short-term repurchase agreements were outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The weighted average interest rates were 3.70% and 4.06% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The counterparties have the right to a quarterly call for many of the repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold. The collaterals for these agreements are mainly comprised of U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt and mortgage-backed securities.
 
Long-Term Debt
 
Long-term debt, comprised of junior subordinated debt and a term loan, decreased to $225.8 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $226.9 million as of December 31, 2013.  This decrease was primarily due to an increase of $19.0 million in junior subordinated debt, offset by a decrease in a term loan of $20.0 million.

The junior subordinated debt increased $19.0 million or 15% from $126.9 million as of December 31, 2013 to $145.8 million as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, the MetroCorp junior subordinated debt was $35.0 million, before reduction of purchase accounting adjustment of $6.8 million, with related common stock $1.1 million. During 2014, the junior subordinated debt of one statutory business trust of $10.0 million, with related common stock of $310 thousand, was redeemed, which contributed to a $10.3 million decrease as of December 31, 2014. Junior subordinated debts were issued in connection with our various pooled trust preferred securities offerings, which qualify as Tier I and Tier II capital, for regulatory purposes, are subject to a phase-out period. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, bank holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets will no longer be able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital following a phase-out period which commenced in 2013 with phase-out complete by 2016.

In 2013, the Company entered into a three-year term loan agreement for $100.0 million. The three-year term loan will mature on July 1, 2016 and is payable in quarterly installments $5.0 million starting on March 31, 2014 and with a $50.0 million final repayment at maturity on July 1, 2016. The interest rate was 1.81% as of December 31, 2014, which is based on the three-month London Interbank Offering Rate plus 150 basis points. The outstanding balance of the term loan was $80.0 million and $100.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
 
In the course of the Company’s business, the Company may enter into or be a party to transactions that are not recorded on the balance sheet and are considered to be off-balance sheet arrangements. Off-balance sheet arrangements are any contractual arrangements whereby an unconsolidated entity is a party, under which the Company has: (1) any obligation under a guarantee contract; (2) a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets; (3) any obligation under certain derivative instruments; or (4) any obligation under a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.
 

52



Commitments
 
As a financial services provider, the Company routinely enters into commitments to extend credit to customers, such as loan commitments, commercial letters of credit for foreign and domestic trade, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees. Many of these commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. The same credit policies are used in extending these commitments as in extending loan facilities to customers. Under some of these contractual agreements, the Company may also have liabilities contingent upon the occurrence of certain events. A schedule of significant commitments to extend credit to customers as of December 31, 2014 is presented as follows:

Table 15: Significant Commitments

December 31, 2014

(In thousands)
Undisbursed loan commitments
$
4,066,905

Standby letters of credit
$
1,186,794

Commercial letters of credit
$
66,272

 
A discussion of significant contractual arrangements under which the Company may be held contingently liable is included in Note 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report. In addition, the Company has commitments and obligations under post-retirement benefit plans as described in Note 17 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
With the exception of operating lease obligations, these contractual obligations are included in the consolidated balance sheets. The payment amounts represent the amounts and interest contractually due to the recipient. The following table presents, as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations, within the categories and payment dates described below.
 
Table 16: Contractual Obligations


Payment Due by Period


Less than
1 year

1-3 years

3-5 years

After
5 years

Indeterminate
Maturity

Total


(In thousands)
Contractual Obligations


















Deposits

$
4,942,649

 
$
742,707

 
$
387,813

 
$
2,223

 
$
18,121,047


$
24,196,439

FHLB advances

1,916

 
3,833

 
85,543

 
253,716

 


345,008

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

31,772

 
297,554

 
314,449

 
268,428

 


912,203

Affordable housing and other tax credit investment commitments


 

 

 

 
114,714


114,714

Long-term debt obligations

4,228

 
7,006

 
85,556

 
198,429

 


295,219

Operating lease obligations (1)

24,076

 
34,196

 
21,339

 
30,910

 


110,521

Unrecognized tax liabilities


 
3,310

 
3,927

 

 


7,237

Postretirement benefit obligations

292

 
813

 
1,037

 
13,297

 


15,439

Total contractual obligations

$
5,004,933


$
1,089,419


$
899,664


$
767,003


$
18,235,761


$
25,996,780

(1)
Represents the Company’s lease obligations for all rental properties.


53



Capital Resources
 
As of December 31, 2014, stockholders’ equity totaled $2.85 billion, a 21% increase from the year end December 31, 2013 balance of $2.36 billion. The increase is comprised of the following: (1) issuance of treasury stock shares pursuant to the MetroCorp acquisition totaling $190.8 million, representing 5,583,093 shares; (2) net income of $342.5 million; (3) other comprehensive income of $34.7 million; (4) warrants issued pursuant to the MetroCorp acquisition totaling $4.9 million; (5) tax benefits of $6.5 million from various stock plans; (6) stock compensation amounting to $13.9 million related to grants of restricted stock units; (7) issuance of common stock totaling $6.8 million, representing 655,301 shares, pursuant to various stock plans and agreements; and (8) issuance of shares pursuant to director retainer fees of $630 thousand, representing 18,909 shares. These transactions were offset by: (1) accrual and payment of cash dividends on common stock totaling $104.0 million; and (2) purchase of treasury shares related to restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability amounting to $10.3 million, representing 285,953 shares.

Historically, the Company’s primary source of capital has been the retention of operating earnings. In order to ensure adequate levels of capital, the Company conducts an ongoing assessment of projected sources, needs, and uses of capital in conjunction with projected increases in assets and the level of risk. As part of this ongoing assessment, the Board of Directors reviews the various components of capital and the adequacy of capital. As a result of the recently adopted federal regulatory changes to capital requirements, the Company’s Board of Directors, in consultation with management, will continue to assess the adequacy and components of our capital to ensure that we meet all required regulatory standards.
 
Risk-Based Capital
 
The Company is committed to maintaining capital at a level sufficient to assure our stockholders, our customers and our regulators that the Company and its bank subsidiary are financially sound. The Company is subject to risk-based capital regulations and capital adequacy guidelines adopted by the federal banking regulators. These guidelines are used to evaluate capital adequacy and are based on an institution’s asset risk profile and off-balance sheet exposures. According to these guidelines, institutions whose Tier I and total capital ratios meet or exceed 6.0% and 10.0%, respectively, may be deemed “well-capitalized.” As of December 31, 2014, the Bank’s Tier I and total capital ratios were 10.6% and 11.8%, respectively, compared to 11.6% and 12.9%, respectively, as of December 31, 2013.

The following table compares East West Bancorp, Inc.’s and East West Bank’s capital ratios as of December 31, 2014, to those required by regulatory agencies for capital adequacy and well-capitalized classification purposes:
 
Table 17: Regulatory Required Ratios
 
 
East West
Bancorp
 
East West
Bank
 
Minimum
Regulatory
Requirements
 
Well
Capitalized
Requirements
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
12.6
%
 
11.8
%
 
8.0
%
 
10.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
11.0
%
 
10.6
%
 
4.0
%
 
6.0
%
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
 
8.4
%
 
8.2
%
 
4.0
%
 
5.0
%

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets are no longer able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital following a phase-out period which commenced in 2013 with phase-out complete by 2016. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, trust preferred securities comprised 3.1% and 4.4%, respectively, of the Company’s Basel I Tier I capital.
 
As discussed in “Item 1. BUSINESS — Supervision and Regulation — Capital Requirements”, the Basel III capital rules are effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 (subject to phase-in periods for certain of their components). Based on our current interpretation of the Basel III capital rules, the Company believes that both the Company and the Bank would have met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III capital rules on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were effective as of December 31, 2014.


54



ASSET LIABILITY AND MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
 
Liquidity
 
Liquidity management involves the Company’s ability to meet cash flow requirements arising from fluctuations in deposit levels and demands of daily operations, which include funding of securities purchases, providing for customers’ credit needs and ongoing repayment of borrowings. The Company’s liquidity is actively managed on a daily basis and reviewed periodically by the Asset/Liability Committee and the Board of Directors. This process is intended to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet the needs of the Bank, including adequate cash flow for off-balance sheet instruments.
 
The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are derived from financing activities which include the acceptance of customer and brokered deposits, federal funds facilities, repurchase agreement facilities, advances from the FHLB of San Francisco, and issuances of long-term debt. These funding sources are augmented by payments of principal and interest on loans and securities. Primary uses of funds include withdrawal of and interest payments on deposits, originations and purchases of loans, purchases of investment securities, and payment of operating expenses.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company experienced net cash inflows from operating activities of $392.9 million, $425.8 million and $287.5 million, respectively. Net income increased $47.4 million during the year 2014, compared to 2013, while net cash from operating activities decreased $32.9 million. These differences were mainly due to $109.4 million and $108.2 million increases in cash outflows related to accrued interest receivable and other assets, and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, $57.6 million of lower net non-cash charges, $57.2 million decrease in cash received from FDIC shared-loss agreements, partially offset by $251.3 million increases in net cash inflow from loans held for sale. Net income increased $13.4 million during the year 2013, compared to 2012, while net cash from operating activities increased $138.3 million.  These differences were mainly due to $55.6 million and $54.5 million increases in cash inflows related to accrued interest receivable and other assets, and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, $22.5 million increases in net cash inflow from loans held for sale, $19.3 million of higher non-cash charges, partially offset by $20.3 million decrease in net cash received from FDIC shared-loss agreements.

Net cash outflows from investing activities totaled $2.36 billion, $2.73 billion and $758.9 million during 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Net cash outflow from investing activities for 2014 and 2013 was primarily due to a net increase in loans held for investment. Net cash outflow from investing activities for 2012 was primarily due to net increases in resale agreements and loans held for investments, partially offset by a net decrease in investment securities available-for-sale. The $375.0 million decrease in net cash outflow from investing activities, comparing 2014 and 2013 was primarily due to $427.4 million and $208.3 million increase in cash from investment securities and held for investment loans, respectively, partially offset by $275.0 million decrease in cash from resale agreements. The $1.98 billion increase in net cash outflow from investing activities, comparing 2013 and 2012, was primarily due to $2.38 billion and $722.5 million in held for investment loans and investment securities available-for-sale, respectively, partially offset by $813.6 million and $413.4 million increase in cash from resale agreements and short-term investments, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company experienced net cash inflows from financing activities of $2.11 billion, $1.88 billion and $364.2 million, respectively. Net cash inflows from financing activities in 2014 was primarily comprised of $2.28 billion increase in deposits, partially offset by $103.6 million in cash dividends paid. Net cash inflow from financing activities in 2013 was primarily comprised of $2.10 billion increase in deposits and $100.0 million increase in long-term borrowings, partially offset by $200.0 million of treasury stock repurchases related to the Stock Repurchase Plan and $86.3 million in cash dividends paid. Net cash inflow from financing activities in 2012 was primarily comprised of $856.4 million increase in deposits, partially offset by $224.0 million of repayments in various borrowings, $200.0 million in treasury stock repurchases related to the Stock Repurchase Plan and $64.2 million in cash dividends paid.
 
As a means of augmenting the Company’s liquidity, the Company has a combination of borrowing sources available, which is comprised of the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window, FHLB advances, federal funds lines with various correspondent banks, and several master repurchase agreements with major brokerage companies. The Company believes that its liquidity sources are stable and are adequate to meet our day-to-day cash flow requirements. As of December 31, 2014, the Company is not aware of any trends, events or uncertainties that had or were reasonably likely to have a material effect on our liquidity position. As of December 31, 2014, the Company is not aware of any material commitments for capital expenditures in the foreseeable future.
 

55



The liquidity of East West Bancorp, Inc. has historically been dependent on the payment of cash dividends by its subsidiary, East West Bank, subject to applicable statutes, regulations and special approval. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, total dividends paid by the Bank to East West Bancorp, Inc. amounted to $111.6 million and $319.0 million, respectively.  In January 2015, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.20 per share on the Company’s common stock payable on or about February 17, 2015 to stockholders of record as of February 2, 2015.
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity Management
 
Interest rate sensitivity management involves the ability to manage the impact of adverse fluctuations in interest rates on the Company’s net interest income and net portfolio value.
 
The fundamental objective of the asset liability management process is to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate fluctuations while maintaining adequate levels of liquidity and capital. The Company’s strategy is formulated by the Asset/Liability Committee, which coordinates with the Board of Directors to monitor our overall asset and liability composition. The Committee meets regularly to evaluate, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses on the available-for-sale portfolio (including those attributable to hedging transactions, if any), purchase and securitization activity, and maturities of investments and borrowings.
 
The Company’s overall strategy is to minimize the adverse impact of immediate incremental changes in market interest rates (rate shock) on net interest income and net portfolio value. Net portfolio value is defined as the present value of assets, minus the present value of liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments. The attainment of this goal requires maintaining a balance between profitability, liquidity and interest rate risk exposure. To minimize the adverse impact of changes in market interest rates, we simulate the effect of instantaneous interest rate changes on net interest income and net portfolio value on a quarterly basis. The table below presents the estimated impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income and market value of equity as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, assuming a non-parallel shift of 100 and 200 basis points in both directions:
 
Table 18: Rate Shock Table


Net Interest Income
Volatility (1)

Net Portfolio Value
Volatility (2)
 
 
December 31,
 
December 31,
Change in Interest Rates
(Basis Points)

2014

2013

2014

2013
+200

15.5
 %
 
11.1
 %
 
9.5
 %
 
13.4
 %
+100

7.6
 %
 
4.9
 %
 
4.8
 %
 
6.1
 %
-100

(1.1
)%
 
(0.5
)%
 
(2.0
)%
 
(1.8
)%
-200

(1.4
)%
 
(0.6
)%
 
(3.4
)%
 
(3.4
)%
(1)
The percentage change represents net interest income for twelve months in a stable interest rate environment versus net interest income in the various rate scenarios.
(2)
The percentage change represents net portfolio value of the Bank in a stable rate environment versus net portfolio value in the various rate scenarios.


All interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and related derivative contracts are included in the interest rate sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. In a declining rate environment, the interest rate floors on these loans contribute to the favorable impact on our net interest income. However, in a rising rate environment, these interest rate floors also serve to lessen the full benefit of higher interest rates. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s estimated changes in net interest income and net portfolio value were within the ranges established by the Board of Directors.
 
The Company’s primary analytical tool to gauge interest rate sensitivity is a simulation model used by many major banks and bank regulators, and is based on the actual maturity and repricing characteristics of interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model attempts to predict changes in the yields earned on assets and the rates paid on liabilities in relation to changes in market interest rates. As an enhancement to the primary simulation model, prepayment assumptions and market rates of interest provided by independent broker/dealer quotations, an independent pricing model and other available public sources are incorporated into the model. Adjustments are made to reflect the shift in the Treasury and other appropriate yield curves. The model also factors in projections of anticipated activity levels by product line and takes into account the Company’s increased ability to control rates offered on deposit products in comparison to the Company’s ability to control rates on adjustable-rate loans tied to the published indices.

56



 
The following table presents the outstanding principal balances and the weighted average interest rates of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2014. The information presented below is based on the repricing date for variable rate instruments and the expected maturity date for fixed rate instruments.
 
Table 19: Expected Maturity for Financial Instruments
 


Expected Maturity or Repricing Date by Year


Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Thereafter

Total


($ in thousands)
Assets:





















CD investments

$
481,969

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
481,969

Average yield (fixed rate)

4.13
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
4.13
%
Short-term investments

$
532,379

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
532,379

Weighted average rate

0.47
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
0.47
%
Securities purchased under resale agreements

$
925,000

 
$
50,000

 
$
200,000

 
$
50,000

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,225,000

Weighted average rate

1.29
%
 
1.75
%
 
1.70
%
 
2.5
%
 
%
 
 %
 
1.42
%
Investment securities

$
766,804

 
$
267,021

 
$
365,918

 
$
556,384

 
$
238,685

 
$
431,397

 
$
2,626,209

Weighted average rate

1.73
%
 
2.22
%
 
1.84
%
 
1.56
%
 
1.86
%
 
3.28
 %
 
2.02
%
Total covered gross loans

$
1,387,049

 
$
69,179

 
$
62,875

 
$
39,285

 
$
17,751

 
$
28,802

 
$
1,604,941

Weighted average rate

4.13
%
 
5.02
%
 
4.85
%
 
4.97
%
 
5.57
%
 
5.87
 %
 
4.27
%
Total non-covered gross loans

$
16,403,867

 
$
1,730,498

 
$
916,312

 
$
588,982

 
$
321,565

 
$
298,446

 
$
20,259,670

Weighted average rate

3.88
%
 
4.68
%
 
4.97
%
 
4.82
%
 
5.21
%
 
5.96
 %
 
4.09
%
Total loans held for sale
 
$
45,950

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
45,950

Weighted average rate
 
8.25
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
8.25
%
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Checking deposits

$
1,997,386

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,997,386

Weighted average rate

0.28
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
0.28
%
Money market deposits

$
6,318,120

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,318,120

Weighted average rate

0.24
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
0.24
%
Savings deposits

$
1,651,267

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,651,267

Weighted average rate

0.16
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
0.16
%
Time certificate deposits

$
4,902,701

 
$
482,852

 
$
234,140

 
$
202,830

 
$
163,274

 
$
126,943

 
$
6,112,740

Weighted average rate

0.63
%
 
0.86
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.23
%
 
1.16
%
 
(0.26
)%
 
0.68
%
FHLB advances

$
332,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
332,000

Weighted average rate

0.58
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
0.58
%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements (fixed rate)

$
495,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
495,000

Weighted average rate

4.75
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
4.75
%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements (variable rate)

$
300,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
300,000

Weighted average rate

2.77
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
2.77
%
Junior subordinated debt (variable rate)

$
152,641

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
152,641

Weighted average rate

1.82
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
1.82
%
Other long-term borrowing (variable rate)

$
80,000

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
80,000

Weighted average rate
 
1.81
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
 %
 
1.81
%
 
Expected maturities of assets are contractual maturities adjusted for projected payment based on contractual amortization and unscheduled prepayments of principal as well as repricing frequency. For deposits with stated maturity dates, expected maturities are based on contractual maturity dates. Deposits with no stated maturity dates are assumed to be repriced each month with managed interest rates. The Company utilizes assumptions supported by documented analyses for the expected maturities of the Company’s loans and repricing of the Company’s deposits. The Company also uses prepayment projections for amortizing securities. The actual maturities of these instruments could vary significantly if future prepayments and repricing frequencies differ from the Company’s expectations based on historical experience.

The Asset/Liability Committee is authorized to utilize a wide variety of off-balance sheet financial techniques to assist in the management of interest rate risk. The Company may elect to use derivative financial instruments as part of the Company’s asset and liability management strategy, with the overall goal of minimizing the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the Company’s net interest margin and stockholders’ equity.

57





ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
For quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding market risk in our portfolio, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Asset Liability and Market Risk Management” presented elsewhere in this report.

 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
The financial statements of the Company, including the “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” are included in this report immediately following Part IV.
 
ITEM 9. 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.
 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As of December 31, 2014, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2014.
 
Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Our disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment, we concluded, as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2014, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
 

58



Audit Report of the Company’s Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The independent registered public accounting firm of KPMG LLP, as auditors of East West Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework 1992, issued by COSO, which is presented on the following page.



59



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
East West Bancorp, Inc.:
 
We have audited East West Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company, maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework 1992 issued by COSO.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, and our report dated March 2, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
/s/KPMG LLP
 
Los Angeles, California
March 2, 2015

60





ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
Information concerning directors and executive officers of the Company, to the extent not included under Item 1 under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” appearing at the end of Part I of this report, will appear in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2015 Proxy Statement”), and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS,” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. Additionally, information on compensation arrangements for the Board of Directors of the Company is set forth as Exhibit 10.12.
 
Code of Ethics
 
The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial and accounting officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions. The code of ethics is posted on our internet website at www.eastwestbank.com.
 
Audit Committee Financial Experts
 
The Company has determined that all members of the Audit Committee, namely Directors Molly Campbell, Rudolph Estrada, Tak-Chuen Clarence Kwan and Keith Renken are “Audit Committee Financial Experts” as defined under Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated by the SEC in furtherance of Section 407. All members of the Audit Committee are independent of management.
 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Information concerning executive compensation of the Company’s named executives will appear in the 2015 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “DIRECTOR COMPENSATION,” “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS,” “COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS,” and “REPORT BY THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE,” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.
 

61



ITEM 12. 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in the 2015 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections entitled “BENEFICIAL STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 regarding equity compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company were authorized for issuance.
 
Number of securities
to be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
 
Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
 
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
excluding securities
reflected in Column (a)
(c)
Plan Category
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
42,116

 
$
20.75

 
3,715,327

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

Total
42,116

 
$
20.75

 
3,715,327



ITEM 13. 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in the 2015 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” and “DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE/FINANCIAL EXPERTS,”  if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.
 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in the 2015 Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM,” if filed with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the SEC on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.


62



PART IV
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)(1) Financial Statements
 
The following financial statements included in the registrant’s 2014 Annual Report to Shareholders are included. Page number references are to the 2014 Annual Report to Shareholders.
 
 
Page
East West Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
 
 
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
(a)(3) Exhibits

The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Exhibit Index of this report.
 

63



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders

East West Bancorp, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of East West Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 2, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Los Angeles, California

March 2, 2015


64



EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share data)
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1,039,885

 
$
895,820

Short-term investments
 
338,714

 
257,473

Securities purchased under resale agreements
 
1,225,000

 
1,300,000

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value
 
2,626,365

 
2,733,797

Loans held for sale
 
45,950

 
204,970

Non-covered loans (net of allowance for loan losses of $258,174 in 2014 and $241,930 in 2013)
 
19,994,081

 
15,412,715

Covered loans (net of allowance for loan losses of $3,505 in 2014 and $7,745 in 2013)
 
1,474,189

 
2,187,898

Total loans receivable, net
 
21,468,270

 
17,600,613

FDIC indemnification asset, net
 

 
74,708

Other real estate owned, net
 
27,612

 
18,900

Other real estate owned covered, net
 
4,499

 
21,373

Total other real estate owned
 
32,111

 
40,273

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
 
31,239

 
62,330

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost
 
54,451

 
48,333

Investment in affordable housing partnerships, net
 
178,652

 
164,776

Premises and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation of $85,409 in 2014 and $69,768 in 2013)
 
180,900

 
177,710

Premiums on deposits acquired, net
 
45,309

 
46,920

Goodwill
 
469,433

 
337,438

Other assets
 
1,001,770

 
784,907

TOTAL
 
$
28,738,049

 
$
24,730,068

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 

 
 

Customer deposit accounts:
 
 

 
 

Noninterest-bearing
 
$
7,381,030

 
$
5,821,899

Interest-bearing
 
16,627,744

 
14,591,019

Total deposits
 
24,008,774

 
20,412,918

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
795,000

 
995,000

Payable to FDIC, net
 
96,106

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
317,241

 
315,092

Long-term debt
 
225,848

 
226,868

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
444,512

 
415,965

Total liabilities
 
25,887,481

 
22,365,843

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15)
 
 
 
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 163,772,218 and 163,098,008 shares issued in 2014 and 2013, respectively; 143,582,229 and 137,630,896 shares outstanding in 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
164

 
163

Additional paid in capital
 
1,677,767

 
1,571,670

Retained earnings
 
1,598,598

 
1,360,130

Treasury stock, at cost—20,189,989 shares in 2014 and 25,467,112 shares in 2013.
 
(430,198
)
 
(537,279
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
4,237

 
(30,459
)
Total stockholders’ equity
 
2,850,568

 
2,364,225

TOTAL
 
$
28,738,049

 
$
24,730,068

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

65



EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans receivable, including fees
 
$
1,059,205

 
$
979,394

 
$
945,530

Investment securities
 
44,684

 
43,846

 
58,184

Securities purchased under resale agreements
 
20,323

 
21,236

 
20,392

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock
 
6,272

 
6,869

 
4,673

Due from banks and short-term investments
 
23,214

 
17,340

 
22,316

Total interest and dividend income
 
1,153,698

 
1,068,685

 
1,051,095

INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 

 
 

 
 

Customer deposit accounts
 
65,486

 
63,496

 
75,895

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
4,116

 
4,173

 
6,248

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
38,395

 
41,381

 
46,166

Long-term debt
 
4,823

 
3,436

 
3,855

Other borrowings
 

 
6

 
4

Total interest expense
 
112,820

 
112,492

 
132,168

Net interest income before provision for loan losses
 
1,040,878

 
956,193

 
918,927

Provision for loan losses on non-covered loans
 
44,125

 
18,336

 
60,168

Provision for loan losses on covered loans
 
5,033

 
4,028

 
5,016

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
991,720

 
933,829

 
853,743

NONINTEREST (LOSS) INCOME
 
 

 
 

 
 

Impairment loss on investment securities
 

 

 
(5,165
)
Less: Noncredit-related impairment loss recorded in other comprehensive income
 

 

 
5,066

Net impairment loss on investment securities recognized in earnings
 

 

 
(99
)
Changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable
 
(201,417
)
 
(228,585
)
 
(122,251
)
Branch fees
 
37,866

 
32,036

 
30,906

Net gains on sales of investment securities
 
10,851

 
12,089

 
757

Letters of credit fees and commissions
 
25,941

 
22,116

 
19,104

Ancillary loan fees
 
10,616

 
9,368

 
8,831

Foreign exchange income
 
11,381

 
12,658

 
7,166

Net gains on sales of loans
 
39,132

 
7,750

 
17,045

Dividend and other investment income
 
5,464

 
993

 
(439
)
Other commission and fee income
 
29,419

 
20,400

 
16,349

Other operating income
 
19,033

 
18,707

 
17,013

Total noninterest loss
 
(11,714
)
 
(92,468
)
 
(5,618
)
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
 
 

 
 

 
 

Compensation and employee benefits
 
231,838

 
175,906

 
171,374

Occupancy and equipment expense
 
63,815

 
56,641

 
55,475

Amortization of investments in affordable housing partnerships
  and other tax credit investments
 
75,660

 
27,268

 
18,058

Amortization of premiums on deposits acquired
 
10,204

 
9,365

 
10,906

Deposit insurance premiums and regulatory assessments
 
21,922

 
16,550

 
14,130

Loan related expenses
 
3,438

 
12,520

 
14,987

Other real estate owned (income) expense
 
(3,591
)
 
(1,128
)
 
22,349

Legal expense
 
53,018

 
31,718

 
25,441

Data processing
 
15,888

 
9,095

 
9,231

Other operating expense
 
92,359

 
77,576

 
80,582

Total noninterest expense
 
564,551

 
415,511

 
422,533

INCOME BEFORE TAXES
 
415,455

 
425,850

 
425,592

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
72,972

 
130,805

 
143,942

NET INCOME
 
342,483

 
295,045

 
281,650

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
 

 
3,428

 
6,857

NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
 
$
342,483

 
$
291,617

 
$
274,793

EARNINGS PER SHARE AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
 
 
 
 
 
 
BASIC
 
$
2.39

 
$
2.11

 
$
1.92

DILUTED
 
$
2.38

 
$
2.10

 
$
1.89

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING
 
 
 
 
 
 
BASIC
 
142,952

 
137,342

 
141,457

DILUTED
 
143,563

 
139,574

 
147,175

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE
 
$
0.72

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.40


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

66



EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Net income
 
$
342,483

 
$
295,045

 
$
281,650

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities
  available-for-sale
 
34,714

 
(35,181
)
 
42,429

Noncredit-related impairment loss on securities
 

 

 
(2,938
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 

 

 
(900
)
Net change in unrealized (losses) gains on other investments
 
(18
)
 
53

 
18

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
34,696

 
(35,128
)
 
38,609

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
$
377,179

 
$
259,917

 
$
320,259

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67



EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)
 
 
Additional
Paid In
Capital
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid In
Capital
Common
Stock
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss)Income,
Net of Tax
 
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2012
 
$
83,027

 
$
157

 
$
1,443,883

 
$
934,617

 
$
(116,001
)
 
$
(33,940
)
 
$
2,311,743

Net income
 

 

 

 
281,650

 

 

 
281,650

Other comprehensive income
 

 

 

 

 

 
38,609

 
38,609

Stock compensation costs
 

 

 
12,668

 

 

 

 
12,668

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net
 

 

 
462

 

 

 

 
462

Issuance of 336,031 shares of common stock pursuant to various stock compensation plans and agreements
 

 

 
3,821

 

 

 

 
3,821

Issuance of 26,151 shares pursuant to Director retainer fee
 

 

 
570

 

 

 

 
570

Cancellation of 190,634 shares of common stock due to forfeitures of issued restricted stock
 

 

 
3,335

 

 
(3,335
)
 

 

137,258 shares of restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability
 

 

 

 

 
(3,012
)
 

 
(3,012
)
Preferred stock dividends
 

 

 

 
(6,857
)
 

 

 
(6,857
)
Common stock dividends
 

 

 

 
(57,582
)
 

 

 
(57,582
)
Purchase 9,068,105 shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan
 

 

 

 

 
(199,950
)
 

 
(199,950
)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2012
 
$
83,027

 
$
157

 
$
1,464,739

 
$
1,151,828

 
$
(322,298
)
 
$
4,669

 
$
2,382,122

Net income
 

 

 

 
295,045

 

 

 
295,045

Other comprehensive loss
 

 

 

 

 

 
(35,128
)
 
(35,128
)
Stock compensation costs
 

 

 
13,548

 

 

 

 
13,548

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net
 

 

 
5,522

 

 

 

 
5,522

Issuance of 323,737 shares of common stock pursuant to various stock compensation plans and agreements
 

 

 
3,054

 

 

 

 
3,054

Issuance of 19,998 shares pursuant to Director retainer fee
 

 

 
630

 

 

 

 
630

Cancellation of 65,686 shares of common stock due to forfeitures of issued restricted stock
 

 

 
1,156

 

 
(1,156
)
 

 

508,518 shares of restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability
 

 

 

 

 
(13,833
)
 

 
(13,833
)
Preferred stock dividends
 

 

 

 
(3,428
)
 

 

 
(3,428
)
Common stock dividends
 

 

 

 
(83,315
)
 

 

 
(83,315
)
Conversion of 85,710 shares of Series A preferred stock into 5,594,080 shares of common stock
 
(83,027
)
 
6

 
83,021

 

 

 

 

Purchase 8,026,807 shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan
 

 

 

 

 
(199,992
)
 

 
(199,992
)
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2013
 
$

 
$
163

 
$
1,571,670

 
$
1,360,130

 
$
(537,279
)
 
$
(30,459
)
 
$
2,364,225

Net income
 

 

 

 
342,483

 

 

 
342,483

Other comprehensive income
 

 

 

 

 

 
34,696

 
34,696

Stock compensation costs
 

 

 
13,883

 

 

 

 
13,883

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net
 

 

 
6,513

 

 

 

 
6,513

Issuance of 655,301 shares of common stock pursuant to various stock compensation plans and agreements
 

 
1

 
6,793

 

 

 

 
6,794

Issuance of 18,909 shares pursuant to Director retainer fee
 

 

 
630

 

 

 

 
630

Cancellation of 20,017 shares of common stock due to forfeitures of issued restricted stock
 

 

 
379

 

 
(379
)
 

 

285,953 shares of restricted stock surrendered due to employee tax liability
 

 

 

 

 
(10,326
)
 

 
(10,326
)
Common stock dividends
 

 

 

 
(104,015
)
 

 

 
(104,015
)
Issuance of 5,583,093 shares pursuant to MetroCorp acquisition
 

 

 
73,044

 

 
117,786

 

 
190,830

Warrant acquired pursuant to MetroCorp acquisition
 

 

 
4,855

 

 

 

 
4,855

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2014
 
$

 
$
164

 
$
1,677,767

 
$
1,598,598

 
$
(430,198
)
 
$
4,237

 
$
2,850,568

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68



EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
342,483

 
$
295,045

 
$
281,650

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Depreciation and amortization
 
127,625

 
101,169

 
82,536

(Accretion) of discount and amortization of premiums, net
 
(184,318
)
 
(245,665
)
 
(233,607
)
Changes in FDIC indemnification asset and receivable/payable
 
201,417

 
228,585

 
122,251

Stock compensation costs
 
13,883

 
13,548

 
12,668

Deferred tax expenses
 
(154,612
)
 
(45,028
)
 
(12,650
)
Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net
 
(6,513
)
 
(5,522
)
 
(462
)
Provision for loan losses
 
49,158

 
22,364

 
65,184

Impairment on other real estate owned
 
2,923

 
3,849

 
16,035

Net gain on sales of investment securities, loans and other assets
 
(64,039
)
 
(30,224
)
 
(28,165
)
Originations and purchases of loans held for sale
 
(92,475
)
 
(99,688
)
 
(103,059
)
Proceeds from sales and paydowns/payoffs in loans held for sale
 
288,706

 
44,627

 
25,516

Net (payments to) proceeds from FDIC shared-loss agreements
 
(1,343
)
 
55,826

 
76,094

Net change in accrued interest receivable and other assets
 
(88,901
)
 
20,526

 
(35,065
)
Net change in accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
(38,586
)
 
69,581

 
15,086

Other net operating activities
 
(2,510
)
 
(3,148
)
 
3,514

Total adjustments
 
50,415

 
130,800

 
5,876

Net cash provided by operating activities
 
392,898

 
425,845

 
287,526

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 

Acquisitions, net of cash paid
 
138,465

 

 

Net (increase) decrease in:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans
 
(3,396,728
)
 
(2,458,694
)
 
(337,685
)
Short-term investments
 
(81,241
)
 
108,905

 
(304,544
)
Securities purchased under resale agreements
 
(125,000
)
 
150,000

 
(663,566
)
Purchases of:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale
 
(960,135
)
 
(1,316,764
)
 
(1,835,823
)
Loans receivable
 
(20,783
)
 
(680,821
)
 
(461,878
)
Premises and equipment
 
(11,853
)
 
(88,108
)
 
(10,280
)
Investments in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments
 
(87,925
)
 
(42,149
)
 
(57,831
)
Proceeds from sale of:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale
 
623,689


663,569


1,230,134

Loans originated for investment
 
856,434

 
370,171

 
414,878

Other real estate owned
 
70,936

 
64,312

 
100,547

Premises and equipment
 
2,343

 
6,061

 
18,914

Repayments, maturities and redemptions of investment securities available-for-sale
 
554,742

 
444,057

 
1,119,098

Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
 
33,801

 
44,945

 
29,622

Surrender of life insurance policies
 
49,480

 

 

Other net investing activities
 
(6,118
)
 
(330
)
 
(491
)
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(2,359,893
)
 
(2,734,846
)
 
(758,905
)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net increase (decrease) in:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Deposits
 
2,277,007

 
2,103,564

 
856,352

Short-term borrowings
 

 
(20,000
)
 
(5,208
)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
(25,000
)
 

 

Proceeds from:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Increase in long-term borrowings
 

 
100,000

 

Issuance of common stock pursuant to various stock plans and agreements
 
6,794

 
3,054

 
3,821

Payments for:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Repayment of FHLB advances
 
(10,000
)
 

 
(100,857
)
Modification of Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 

 

 
(48,190
)
Repayment of long-term debt
 
(30,310
)
 
(10,310
)
 
(75,000
)
Repurchase of vested shares due to employee tax liability
 
(10,326
)
 
(13,833
)
 
(3,012
)
Repurchase of shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan
 

 
(199,992
)
 
(199,950
)
Cash dividends
 
(103,618
)
 
(86,290
)
 
(64,218
)
Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net
 
6,513

 
5,522

 
462

Net cash provided by financing activities
 
2,111,060

 
1,881,715

 
364,200

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 

 

 
(900
)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
144,065

 
(427,286
)
 
(108,079
)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
 
895,820

 
1,323,106

 
1,431,185

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR
 
$
1,039,885

 
$
895,820

 
$
1,323,106

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Cash paid during the year for:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest
 
$
112,695

 
$
112,169

 
$
136,760

Income tax payments, net of refunds
 
$
321,177

 
$
142,980

 
$
183,398

Noncash investing and financing activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Loans transferred to loans held for sale, net
 
$
837,389

 
$
97,065

 
$
144,131

Transfers to other real estate owned
 
$
47,547

 
$
43,989

 
$
81,605

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
 
$

 
$
83,027

 
$

Loans to facilitate sales of other real estate owned
 
$
2,000

 
$
139

 
$
6,380

Loans to facilitate sales of loans
 
$

 
$

 
$
1,018

Issuance of common stock related to acquisition
 
$
190,830

 
$

 
$

 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

69



EAST WEST BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
OPERATIONS SUMMARY
 
East West Bancorp, Inc. (referred to herein on an unconsolidated basis as “East West” and on a consolidated basis as the “Company”) is a registered bank holding company that offers a full range of banking services to individuals and small to mid-size businesses through its subsidiary bank, East West Bank and its subsidiaries (“East West Bank” or the “Bank”). The Bank is the Company’s principal asset. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank operates over 130 locations in the United States markets of California, Georgia, Nevada, New York, Massachusetts, Texas and Washington. The Bank’s presence includes five full-service branches in the Greater China, located in Hong Kong, two in Shanghai including one in the Shanghai Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shantou and Shenzhen. The Bank also has five representative offices in Greater China located in Beijing, Chongqing, Guangzhou, Xiamen and Taiwan.
 
The Bank focuses on commercial lending, including commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans, commercial business loans and trade finance loans. The Bank also provides financing for residential loans including single-family loans, home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) and multifamily loans. In addition, the Bank provides financing for construction development loans. The Bank’s revenues are derived from providing financing for residential and CRE and business customers, as well as investing activities. Funding for lending and investing activities is obtained through acceptance of customer deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances and other borrowing activities.
 
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and general practices within the banking industry. The following is a summary of significant principles used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. To prepare the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on conditions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of East West Bancorp, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries, East West Bank and East West Insurance Services, Inc. Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. East West also has six wholly owned subsidiaries that are statutory business trusts (the “Trusts”). In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, the Trusts are not consolidated into the accounts of East West Bancorp, Inc.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in transit, cash due from other financial institutions, money-market funds, and other short-term investments with original maturities up to 90 days. Short-term investments included in cash and cash equivalents are short-term bank placements and short-term securities purchased under resale agreements, recorded at cost, which approximates market.

Short-term Investments — Short-term investments include interest-bearing deposits in other banks and other short-term investments with original maturities greater than 90 days and less than one year.

Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase — The Company’s securities purchased under resale agreements (“resale agreements”) and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are transacted under legally enforceable master repurchase agreements that give the Company, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right to liquidate securities held and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. The Company nets repurchase and resale transactions with the same counterparty on the consolidated balance sheet where it has a legally enforceable master netting agreement and when the transactions are eligible for netting under ASC 210-20-45, Balance Sheet—Offsetting. The counterparties to these agreements are nationally recognized financial institutions that meet credit eligibility criteria. Collateral pledged consists of securities that are not recognized on the consolidated balance sheets. Collateral accepted includes securities that are not recognized on the consolidated balance sheets against the related collateralized liability. Collateral accepted or pledged in resale and repurchase agreements with other financial institutions also may be sold or re-pledged by the secured party, but is usually delivered to and held by third party trustees. The Company enters into resale agreements with terms that range from one day to several years. Resale agreements that are short-term in nature, or have terms of up to 90 days, are included in cash and cash equivalents.

70




Investment Securities Available-for-Sale — The Company holds debt securities and marketable equity securities in its investment portfolio, classified as available-for-sale investments and reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, after applicable income taxes, are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investment securities are recorded as yield adjustments on such securities using the effective interest method. The specific identification method is used for purposes of determining cost in computing realized gains and losses on investment securities sold.
Available-for-sale debt and marketable equity securities in unrealized loss positions are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). In determining whether an impairment is other than temporary, the Company considers the severity and duration of the decline in fair value, the length of time expected for recovery, the financial condition of the issuer, changes in the securities’ ratings and other qualitative factors, as well as whether the Company either plans to sell the security or it is more-likely-than-not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost. If the impairment of the available-for-sale debt security is credit-related, an OTTI loss is recorded in earnings. For available-for-sale debt securities, the non-credit-related impairment loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. If the Company intends to sell an available-for-sale debt security or believes it will more-likely-than-not be required to sell a security, the Company records the full amount of the impairment loss as an OTTI loss. Available-for-sale marketable equity securities are carried at fair value with net unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income on an after-tax basis. If there is an other-than-temporary decline in the fair value of any individual available-for-sale marketable equity security, the cost basis is reduced and the Company reclassifies the associated net unrealized loss out of accumulated other comprehensive income with a corresponding charge to the consolidated income statement.

Loans Held for Sale — Loans held for sale are mainly comprised of student loans carried at the lower of cost or fair value using the aggregate method. Origination fees on loans held for sale, net of certain costs of processing and closing the loans, are deferred until the time of sale and are included in the computation of the gain or loss from the sale of the related loans. A valuation allowance is established if the fair value of such loans is lower than their cost, with a corresponding charge to noninterest income. 

Loans Receivable — Loans receivable that the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity, are stated at their outstanding principal, reduced by an allowance for loan losses and net of deferred loan fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Nonrefundable fees and direct costs associated with the origination or purchase of loans are deferred and netted against outstanding loan balances. The deferred net loan fees and costs are recognized in interest income as an adjustment to yield over the loan term using the effective interest method. Discounts or premiums on purchased loans are accreted or amortized to interest income using the effective interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Interest on loans is calculated using the simple‑interest method on daily balances of the principal amounts outstanding. Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that full collection of principal or interest becomes uncertain, regardless of the length of past due status. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest recognized in interest income is reversed. Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are reflected as a reduction of principal and not as interest income. A loan is returned to accrual status when the borrower has demonstrated a satisfactory payment trend subject to management’s assessment of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan.
Allowance for Loan Losses — The allowance for loan losses is established as management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to revision as more information becomes available. Additionally, non-classified loans are also considered in the allowance for loan losses calculation and are factored in based on the historical loss experience adjusted for various qualitative factors.


71



A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all scheduled payments of principal or interest due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining and measuring loan impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for residential, CRE, and commercial and industrial (“C&I”) loans based on the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, less costs to sell. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan and the loan is classified as nonperforming and uncollectible, the deficiency is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. In general, consumer loans consist of homogeneous smaller balance loans and are collectively evaluated for impairment.

Troubled Debt Restructurings — A loan is identified as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) when a modification of the loan terms takes place where the borrower is determined to be experiencing financial difficulties the Company grants a concession to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including a below-market change in the stated interest rate, reduction in loan balance or accrued interest, extension of the maturity date with a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate or note splits with principal forgiveness. A restructuring executed at an interest rate that is at market interest rates is not considered as a TDR. All TDRs are reviewed for impairment on a quarterly basis. For modifications where the Company forgives principal, the entire amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off. Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured would remain on nonaccrual status for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can perform under the restructured terms. However, the borrower’s performance prior to the restructuring, or other significant events at the time of restructuring may be considered in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan remaining on non-accrual status or being returned to accrual status after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s performance under the new terms is not reasonably assured, the loan remains classified as a nonaccrual loan. Loans classified as TDRs are reported as impaired loans.

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans — Acquired loans, in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, are recorded at fair value as of acquisition date. Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination, purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans, for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are accounted for under ASC 310-30, ReceivablesLoans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.

Under ASC 310-30, loans are recorded at fair value at acquisition date, factoring in credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses is not carried over or recorded as of the acquisition date. In situations where loans have similar risk characteristics, loans are aggregated into pools to estimate cash flows under ASC 310-30. A pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single interest rate, cumulative loss rate and cash flow expectation.
The cash flows expected over the life of the loan or pool are estimated using an internal cash flow model that projects cash flows and calculates the carrying value of the loan or pool, book yield, effective interest income and impairment, if any, based on loan or pool level events, respectively. Assumptions as to default rates, loss severity, loss curves and prepayment speeds are utilized to calculate the expected cash flows.
At acquisition, the excess of the cash flows expected to be collected over the recorded investment is considered to be the accretable yield and is recognized as interest income over the life of the loan or pool. The excess of the contractual cash flows over the cash flows expected to be collected is considered to be the nonaccretable difference. Subsequent to the acquisition date, any increases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date in excess of fair value that are significant and probable are adjusted through the accretable yield on a prospective basis. Any subsequent decreases in expected cash flows over those expected at purchase date that are probable are recognized by recording an allowance for loan losses. Any disposals of loans, including sales of loans, payments in full or foreclosures result in the removal of the loan from the ASC 310-30 portfolio at the carrying amount.
Covered Loans — Loans acquired in an Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)-assisted acquisition that are subject to FDIC shared-loss agreements (“shared-loss agreements”) are referred to as covered loans. Covered loans are reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements expected to be collected from the FDIC. All covered loans are accounted for under ASC 805 and ASC 310-30.
 

72



FDIC Indemnification Asset/Payable to FDIC, net — In conjunction with the FDIC-assisted acquisitions of Washington First International Bank (“WFIB”) and United Commercial Bank (“UCB”), the Bank entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC related to covered loans and covered other real estate owned. The FDIC indemnification asset is initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the shared-loss agreement. The Company has elected to account for amounts receivable under the shared-loss agreements as an indemnification asset in accordance with ASC 805. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flows the Company expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. The FDIC indemnification asset is reviewed on a quarterly basis and adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on recent performance and expectations for future performance of the covered portfolio. Any increases in cash flow of the covered loans over those expected will reduce the FDIC indemnification asset and any decreases in cash flow of the covered loans over those expected will increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset, increases and decreases are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income. Due to continued payoffs and improved credit performance of the covered loan portfolio as compared to the Company's original estimates, the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements has decreased and a payable to FDIC, net has been recorded. Additionally, the FDIC proportionately shares recoveries recognized on previously charged off covered loans.
 
Other Real Estate Owned — Other real estate owned (“OREO”) represents properties acquired through foreclosure or through full or partial satisfaction of loans, is considered held for sale, and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value at the time of foreclosure. Loan balances in excess of the fair value of the real estate acquired at the date of foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses. After foreclosure, the real estate is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Subsequent declines in the fair value of OREO below the carrying value are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest expense. Any subsequent operating expenses or income of such properties are also charged to noninterest expense. If the OREO is sold within three months of foreclosure, the Company substitutes the value received in the sale (net of costs to sell) for the fair value (less costs to sell). Any adjustment made to the loss originally recognized at the time of foreclosure is then charged against or credited to the allowance for loan losses, if deemed material. Otherwise, any declines in value, after foreclosure, are recorded in noninterest expense as gains or losses from the sale or disposition of the real estate. Gain recognition upon disposition of a property is dependent on the sale having met certain criteria relating to the buyer’s initial investment in the property sold.

Covered OREO — All OREO acquired in an FDIC-assisted acquisition that are subject to a FDIC shared-loss agreement are referred to as covered OREO. Covered OREO is reported exclusive of the expected cash flow reimbursements the Company expects to collect from the FDIC. Upon transferring covered loan collateral to covered OREO status, acquisition date fair value discounts on the related loan are also transferred to covered OREO. Fair value adjustments on covered OREO result in a reduction of the covered OREO carrying amount through expense and a corresponding increase of the FDIC reimbursement for 80% of the adjustment resulting in income. The net of that expense and income is the non-reimbursed portion or 20% of the estimated loss to the Bank which is the net amount charged against earnings.
 
Investment in Affordable Housing Partnerships and Other Tax Credit Investments — The Company records its investments in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments using either the equity method or cost method of accounting. Investments that are recorded using the cost method, are being amortized over the life of the related tax credits. The tax credits are recognized on the consolidated financial statements to the extent they are utilized on the Company’s income tax returns. The investments are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or on an interim basis if an event occurs that would trigger potential impairment.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — The Company has goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, as a result of various past acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. Premiums on deposits, which represent the intangible value of depositor relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in acquisitions, are amortized over the projected useful lives of the deposits, which is typically 7 to 15 years. Core deposit intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment on goodwill and premiums on deposits is recognized by writing down the asset to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value.
 
Investment in FHLB Stock — As a member of the FHLB of San Francisco, the Bank is required to own common stock in the FHLB of San Francisco based upon the Company’s balance of residential mortgage loans and outstanding FHLB advances. As a result of the acquisition of WFIB in 2010, the Bank also owns common stock in the FHLB of Seattle. FHLB stock is carried at cost and may be sold back to the FHLB at its carrying value. Cash dividends are accrued and reported as dividend income.
 

73



Investment in Federal Reserve Bank Stock — As a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, the Bank is required to maintain stock in the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco based on a specified ratio relative to our capital. Federal Reserve Bank stock is carried at cost and may be sold back to the Federal Reserve Bank at its carrying value. Cash dividends are accrued and reported as dividend income.
 
Premises and Equipment — The Company’s premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed based on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets. The ranges of useful lives for the principal classes of assets are as follows:
Buildings and building improvements
25 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
3 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements
Term of lease or useful life, whichever is shorter
 
The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment annually or when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. An asset is considered impaired when the expected undiscounted cash flows over the remaining useful life is less than the net book value. When impairment is indicated for an asset, the amount of impairment loss is the excess of the net book value over its fair value.
 
Long-Term Debt — Long-term debt consists of junior subordinated debt and other long-term debt. The Company has six statutory business trusts whereby the Company is the owner of all the beneficial interests represented by the common securities of the Trusts, and third parties hold the fixed and variable rate capital securities of the Trusts. The purpose of issuing the capital securities was to provide the Company with a cost-effective means of obtaining Tier I capital for regulatory reporting purposes. However, these securities are being phased out of the Tier I capital, a process that commenced in 2013 with phase-out complete by 2016.

The Trusts are not consolidated by the Company. Junior subordinated debt represents liabilities of the Company to the Trusts and is included in long-term debt on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Income Taxes — Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each year-end, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.

The Company examines its financial statements, its income tax provision, and its federal and state income tax returns and analyzes its tax positions, including permanent and temporary differences, as well as the major components of income and expense to determine whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. In the event a tax position is not more likely than not to be sustained by the tax authorities, a reserve is established by management. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax positions as part of its provision for income taxes.
 
Stock-Based Compensation — The Company issues stock-based compensation to certain employees, officers, and directors and accounts for stock options using the fair value method, which generally results in compensation expense recognition.
 
Earnings Per Share — The Company applies the two-class method in computing earnings per share (“EPS”). The Company’s restricted stock, which receives dividends as declared, qualify as participating securities. Restricted stock units granted by the Company are not considered participating securities, as they do not have dividend distribution rights during the vesting period. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income, net of income allocated to participating securities, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, net of treasury shares and including vested but unissued shares and share units. The computation of diluted EPS reflects the additional dilutive effect of common stock equivalents such as unvested stock awards and stock options.
 
Derivatives — As part of the asset and liability management strategy, the Company uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate exposure to interest rate and foreign currency risks. All derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value with the changes in fair value reported in earnings.


74



The Company’s interest rate swaps on certain certificates of deposit qualify for hedge accounting treatment under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging.  The Company documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction at the time the derivative contract is executed. This includes designating the derivative contract as a “fair value hedge” which is a hedge of a recognized asset or liability.  All derivatives designated as fair value hedges are linked to specific hedged items or to groups of specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet.  Both at inception and quarterly thereafter, the Company assesses whether the derivatives used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item. Retroactive effectiveness is also assessed as well as the continued expectation that the hedge will remain effective prospectively.  Any ineffective portion of the changes of fair value hedges is recognized immediately in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income.
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (i) a derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value, (ii) a derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or (iii) the Company determines that designation of a derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate. If a fair value hedge derivative instrument is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the previous adjustments to the carrying amount of the hedged liability would be subsequently accounted for in the same manner as other components of the carrying amount of that liability. For interest-bearing liabilities, such adjustments would be amortized into earnings over the remaining life of the respective liability.
The Company also offers various derivative products to clients and enters into derivative transactions in due course. These transactions are not linked to specific Company assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets or to forecasted transactions in a hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. The contracts are marked-to-market at the end of each reporting period with changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of income.
 
Fair Value — Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and, in many cases, requires management to make a number of significant judgments. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company classifies its assets and liabilities measured and disclosed at fair value in accordance with a three-level hierarchy (e.g., Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3) established under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements. In determining the fair value of financial instruments, the Company uses market prices of the same or similar instruments whenever such prices are available. The Company does not use prices involving distressed sellers in determining fair value. If observable market prices are unavailable or impracticable to obtain, then fair value is estimated using modeling techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis. These modeling techniques incorporate management’s assessments regarding assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or the liability, including assumptions about the risks inherent in a particular valuation technique and the risk of nonperformance.
 
Reclassifications — Certain items in the consolidated financial statements and notes for the prior years have been reclassified to conform to the 2014 presentation.
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS ADOPTED
 
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. ASU 2013-11 eliminates diversity in practice as it provides guidance on financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The Company adopted this guidance in first quarter 2014 with prospective application to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. ASU 2013-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


75



RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-01, Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. ASU 2014-10 permits reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). ASU 2014-10 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014 and if elected, should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure. ASU 2014-04 clarifies when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs that would require a transfer of mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate properties to OREO. The standard permits the use of either a modified retrospective or prospective transition method.  ASU 2014-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, The FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new guidance replaces existing revenue recognition guidance for contracts to provide goods or services to customers and amends  existing guidance related to recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain nonfinancial assets such as real estate.  ASC 606 establishes a principles-based approach to recognizing revenue that applies to all contracts other than those covered by other authoritative GAAP guidance. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are also required.  ASC 606 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and is applied on either a modified retrospective or full retrospective basis. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact on its consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 2 — BUSINESS COMBINATION
 
On January 17, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. (“MetroCorp”), parent of MetroBank, N.A. and Metro United Bank. MetroCorp, headquartered in Houston, Texas, operated 19 branch locations within Texas and California under its two banks. The Company acquired MetroCorp to further expand its presence, primarily in Texas, within the markets of Houston and Dallas, and in California, within the San Diego market. The purchase consideration was satisfied with two thirds in East West stock and one third in cash. The fair value of the consideration transferred in the acquisition of MetroCorp was $291.4 million, which consisted of 5,583,093 shares of East West common stock fair valued at $190.8 million at the date of acquisition and $89.4 million in cash, $2.4 million of additional cash to MetroCorp stock option holders and a MetroCorp warrant, fair valued at $8.8 million, assumed by the Company.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. At the acquisition date, the Company recorded total fair value of assets acquired of $1.70 billion, which included $230.3 million in cash and due from banks, $64.3 million in investment securities available for sale, $2.7 million in FHLB stock, $1.19 billion in loans receivable, $8.6 million in fixed assets, $8.6 million in premiums on deposits acquired, $9.4 million in OREO, $30.0 million in bank owned life insurance (BOLI), $13.0 million in deferred tax assets and $16.7 million in other assets. The total fair value of liabilities acquired was $1.41 billion, which included $1.32 billion in deposits, $10.0 million in FHLB advances, $25.9 million in repurchase agreements, $29.1 million in junior subordinated debt and $22.7 million in other liabilities. The assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the January 17, 2014 acquisition date. Goodwill from the acquisition represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and is not deductible for tax purposes. The Company recorded $121.0 million of goodwill at the acquisition date. During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company recorded additional tax and BOLI adjustments of $10.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively related to the MetroCorp acquisition, resulting in an increase to goodwill to $132.0 million.
   
The Company has included the financial results of this business combination in the consolidated statements of income beginning on the acquisition date. Supplemental financial information regarding the former MetroCorp operations included in the consolidated statement of income from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2014 has not been separately presented as the operations of MetroCorp have been fully integrated into the Company’s operations and separate records for MetroCorp as a stand-alone business have not been maintained.

76



The following table presents the Company's unaudited pro forma results of operations for the periods presented as if the MetroCorp acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013, respectively. The 2014 unaudited pro forma information combines MetroCorp's 2014 historical results with the Company's 2014 consolidated historical results and includes MetroCorp's results of operations prior to acquisition date, January 17, 2014. The 2013 unaudited pro forma information combines MetroCorp's 2013 historical results with the Company's 2013 consolidated historical results and includes the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and merger and acquisition integration costs. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the Company's future operating results or operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of 2014 and 2013, respectively. No assumptions have been applied to the pro forma results of operations regarding possible revenue enhancements, expense efficiencies or asset dispositions. As a result, actual results will differ from the unaudited pro forma information presented.
 
 
Pro forma
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Net interest income and noninterest loss
 
$
1,028,796

 
$
934,207

Net income after tax
 
$
338,730

 
$
299,625



NOTE 3 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
In determining fair value, the Company uses various methods including market and income approaches. Based on these approaches, the Company utilizes certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated, or generally unobservable inputs. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company is required to provide the following information according to the fair value hierarchy noted below. The hierarchy is based on the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices available in active markets and the lowest priority to data lacking transparency. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
 
Level 1 — Valuation is based on quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
Level 2 — Valuation is based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable and can be corroborated by market data.
Level 3 — Valuation is based on significant unobservable inputs for determining the fair value of assets or liabilities.  These significant unobservable inputs reflect assumptions that market participants may use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
In determining the appropriate hierarchy levels, the Company performs an analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to fair value disclosure.  The following tables present both financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis.  These assets and liabilities are reported on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair values as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.  Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to their fair value measurement.  There were no transfers for assets measured on a recurring basis in and out of Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

77



 
 
Assets (Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2014
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
(In thousands)
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
873,435

 
$
873,435

 
$

 
$

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities
 
311,024

 

 
311,024

 

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 
141,420

 

 
141,420

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
791,088

 

 
791,088

 

Municipal securities
 
250,448

 

 
250,448

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
53,918

 

 
53,918

 

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
34,053

 

 
34,053

 

Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
115,182

 

 
115,182

 

Non-investment grade
 
14,681

 

 
8,153

 
6,528

Other securities
 
41,116

 
32,105

 
9,011

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
2,626,365

 
$
905,540

 
$
1,714,297

 
$
6,528

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange options
 
$
6,136

 
$

 
$
6,136

 
$

Interest rate swaps and caps
 
$
41,534

 
$

 
$
41,534

 
$

Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
8,123

 
$

 
$
8,123

 
$

Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on certificates of deposits
 
$
(9,922
)
 
$

 
$
(9,922
)
 
$

Interest rate swaps and caps
 
$
(41,779
)
 
$

 
$
(41,779
)
 
$

Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
(9,171
)
 
$

 
$
(9,171
)
 
$

Embedded derivative liabilities
 
$
(3,392
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(3,392
)
 

78



 
 
Assets (Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2013
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
(In thousands)
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
491,632

 
$
491,632

 
$

 
$

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities
 
394,323

 

 
394,323

 

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 
178,870

 

 
178,870

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
885,237

 

 
885,237

 

Municipal securities
 
280,979

 

 
280,979

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
46,327

 

 
46,327

 

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
51,617

 

 
51,617

 

Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
309,995

 

 
309,995

 

Non-investment grade
 
15,101

 

 
8,730

 
6,371

Other securities
 
79,716

 

 
79,716

 

Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
2,733,797

 
$
491,632

 
$
2,235,794

 
$
6,371

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange options
 
$
6,290

 
$

 
$
6,290

 
$

Interest rate swaps and caps
 
$
28,078

 
$

 
$
28,078

 
$

Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
6,181

 
$

 
$
6,181

 
$

Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on certificates of deposits
 
$
(16,906
)
 
$

 
$
(16,906
)
 
$

Interest rate swaps and caps
 
$
(26,352
)
 
$

 
$
(26,352
)
 
$

Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
(3,349
)
 
$

 
$
(3,349
)
 
$

Embedded derivative liabilities
 
$
(3,655
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(3,655
)


79



At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3.  The following tables present a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for major asset and liability categories measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Corporate Debt
Securities:
Non-Investment Grade
 
Embedded Derivative 
Liabilities
 
Corporate Debt
Securities:
Non-Investment Grade
 
Embedded Derivative 
Liabilities
 
Corporate Debt
Securities:
Non-Investment Grade
 
Embedded Derivative 
Liabilities
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
6,371

 
$
(3,655
)
 
$
4,800

 
$
(3,052
)
 
$
2,235

 
$
(2,634
)
Total gains or (losses) for the period:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Included in earnings(1)
 
802

 
263

 

 
(603
)
 
(99
)
 
(418
)
Included in other comprehensive income (unrealized) (2)
 
2,326

 

 
1,653

 

 
2,711

 

Purchases, issues, sales, settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Purchases
 

 

 

 

 

 

Issues
 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales
 
(2,595
)
 

 

 

 

 

Settlements
 
(376
)
 

 
(82
)
 

 
(47
)
 

Transfer from investment grade to non-investment grade
 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance
 
$
6,528

 
$
(3,392
)
 
$
6,371

 
$
(3,655
)
 
$
4,800

 
$
(3,052
)
Changes in unrealized losses included in earnings relating to assets and liabilities held at period-end
 
$

 
$
(263
)
 
$

 
$
603

 
$
99

 
$
418

(1)
Realized gains or losses of corporate debt securities and embedded derivative liabilities are included in net gains on sales of investment securities and other operating expense, respectively, in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)
Unrealized gains or losses on investment securities are reported in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

The following table presents quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
(Level 3)
 
Valuation Technique(s)
 
Unobservable Input(s)
 
Range of Inputs
 
Weighted
Average
 
 
($ in thousands)
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-investment grade
 
$
6,528

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Constant prepayment rate
 
0% - 1%
 
0.73%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Constant default rate
 
0.75% - 1.20%
 
0.87%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Loss severity
 
85%
 
85%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount margin
 
4.50% - 7.50%
 
6.94%
Embedded derivative liabilities
 
$
(3,392
)
 
Discounted cash flow
 
Credit risk
 
0.115% - 0.142%
 
0.133%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-investment grade
 
$
6,371

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Constant prepayment rate
 
0% - 1%
 
0.74%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Constant default rate
 
0.75% - 1.20%
 
0.87%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Loss severity
 
85%
 
85%
 
 
 

 
 
 
Discount margin
 
6.50% - 11.50%
 
9.97%
Embedded derivative liabilities
 
$
(3,655
)
 
Discounted cash flow
 
Credit risk
 
0.175% - 0.212%
 
0.200%

80



 
Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using significant unobservable inputs include certain loans and OREO.  The inputs and assumptions for nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements for certain loans and OREO include adjustments to external and internal appraisals for changes in the market, assumptions by appraiser embedded into appraisals, probability weighting of broker price opinions, and management’s adjustments for other relevant factors and market trends. 

The following tables present assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis as of 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
(In thousands)
Non-covered impaired loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE
 
$
26,089

 
$

 
$

 
$
26,089

C&I
 
16,581

 

 

 
16,581

Residential
 
25,034

 

 

 
25,034

Consumer
 
107

 

 

 
107

Total non-covered impaired loans
 
$
67,811

 
$

 
$

 
$
67,811

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-covered OREO
 
$
15,735

 
$

 
$

 
$
15,735

Covered OREO
 
$
1,786

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,786

 
 
 
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis as of 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
(In thousands)
Non-covered impaired loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE
 
$
29,559

 
$

 
$

 
$
29,559

C&I
 
15,120

 

 

 
15,120

Residential
 
12,791

 

 

 
12,791

Consumer
 
281

 

 

 
281

Total non-covered impaired loans
 
$
57,751

 
$

 
$

 
$
57,751

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-covered OREO
 
$
13,031

 
$

 
$

 
$
13,031

Covered OREO
 
$
17,284

 
$

 
$

 
$
17,284



81



The following table presents fair value adjustments of certain assets measured on a nonrecurring basis recognized during the years ended and still held as of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands)
Non-covered impaired loans:
 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE
 
$
2,196

 
$
(4,250
)
 
$
(8,405
)
C&I
 
(9,169
)
 
(13,135
)
 
(14,540
)
Residential
 
(61
)
 
(1,378
)
 
(4,803
)
Consumer
 
(1
)
 
(112
)
 
(264
)
Total non-covered impaired loans
 
$
(7,035
)
 
$
(18,875
)
 
$
(28,012
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-covered OREO
 
$
(1,573
)
 
$
(1,438
)
 
$
(5,122
)
Covered OREO (1)
 
$
(1,027
)
 
$
(3,376
)
 
$
(11,183
)
(1)
Covered OREO results from the WFIB and UCB FDIC-assisted acquisitions for which the Company entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC whereby the FDIC will reimburse the Company for 80% of eligible losses. As such, the Company’s liability for losses is 20% of the $1.0 million in losses, or $205 thousand, and 20% of the $3.4 million in losses, or $675 thousand, and 20% of the $11.2 million in losses, or $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 

The following table presents quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of assets measured on a nonrecurring basis classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
(Level 3)
 
Valuation
Technique(s)
 
Unobservable
Input(s)
 
Range of Inputs
 
Weighted 
Average
 
 
($ in thousands)
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-covered impaired loans
 
$
11,499

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Discount rate
 
0% - 81%
 
49%
 
 
$
56,312

 
Market comparables
 
Discount rate(1)
 
0% - 100%
 
4%
Non-covered OREO
 
$
15,735

 
Appraisal
 
Selling cost
 
8%
 
8%
Covered OREO
 
$
1,786

 
Appraisal
 
No Discount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-covered impaired loans
 
$
57,751

 
Market comparables
 
Discount rate(1)
 
0% - 100%
 
13%
Non-covered OREO
 
$
13,031

 
Appraisal
 
Selling cost
 
8%
 
8%
Covered OREO
 
$
17,284

 
Appraisal
 
No Discount
 
 
 
 
(1) Discount rate is adjusted for factors such as liquidation cost of collateral and selling cost.

82



The following tables present carrying and fair values per the fair value hierarchy of certain financial instruments, excluding those measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
 
(In thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1,039,885

 
$
1,039,885

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,039,885

Short-term investments
 
$
338,714

 
$

 
$
338,714

 
$

 
$
338,714

Resale agreements
 
$
1,225,000

 
$

 
$
1,191,060

 
$

 
$
1,191,060

Loans held for sale
 
$
45,950

 
$

 
$
45,950

 
$

 
$
45,950

Loans receivable, net
 
$
21,468,270

 
$

 
$

 
$
20,997,379

 
$
20,997,379

Investment in FHLB stock
 
$
31,239

 
$

 
$
31,239

 
$

 
$
31,239

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock
 
$
54,451

 
$

 
$
54,451

 
$

 
$
54,451

Accrued interest receivable
 
$
88,303

 
$

 
$
88,303

 
$

 
$
88,303

Financial liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Customer deposit accounts:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Demand, savings and money market deposits
 
$
17,896,035

 
$

 
$
17,896,035

 
$

 
$
17,896,035

Time deposits
 
$
6,112,739

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,095,217

 
$
6,095,217

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 
$
317,241

 
$

 
$
336,302

 
$

 
$
336,302

Repurchase agreements
 
$
795,000

 
$

 
$
870,434

 
$

 
$
870,434

Accrued interest payable
 
$
11,303

 
$

 
$
11,303

 
$

 
$
11,303

Long-term debt
 
$
225,848

 
$

 
$
205,777

 
$

 
$
205,777

 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
 
(In thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
895,820

 
$
895,820

 
$

 
$

 
$
895,820

Short-term investments
 
$
257,473

 
$

 
$
257,473

 
$

 
$
257,473

Resale agreements
 
$
1,300,000

 
$

 
$
1,279,406

 
$

 
$
1,279,406

Loans held for sale
 
$
204,970

 
$

 
$
212,469

 
$

 
$
212,469

Loans receivable, net
 
$
17,600,613

 
$

 
$

 
$
16,741,674

 
$
16,741,674

Investment in FHLB stock
 
$
62,330

 
$

 
$
62,330

 
$

 
$
62,330

Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock
 
$
48,333

 
$

 
$
48,333

 
$

 
$
48,333

Accrued interest receivable
 
$
116,314

 
$

 
$
116,314

 
$

 
$
116,314

Financial liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Customer deposit accounts:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Demand, savings and money market deposits
 
$
14,588,570

 
$

 
$
14,588,570

 
$

 
$
14,588,570

Time deposits
 
$
5,824,348

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,791,659

 
$
5,791,659

FHLB advances
 
$
315,092

 
$

 
$
308,521

 
$

 
$
308,521

Repurchase agreements
 
$
995,000

 
$

 
$
1,134,774

 
$

 
$
1,134,774

Accrued interest payable
 
$
11,178

 
$

 
$
11,178

 
$

 
$
11,178

Long-term debt
 
$
226,868

 
$

 
$
184,415

 
$

 
$
184,415


83



The following is a description of the valuation methodologies and significant assumptions used in estimating fair value of financial instruments.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, the estimated fair value is classified as Level 1.
 
Short-Term Investments — The fair value of short-term investments generally approximate their book value due to their short maturities.  Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is classified as Level 2.
 
Resale Agreements — Resale agreements with original maturities of 90 days or less are included in cash and cash equivalents.  The fair value of securities purchased under resale agreements with original maturities of more than 90 days is estimated by discounting the cash flows based on expected maturities or repricing dates utilizing estimated market discount rates.  Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is classified as Level 2.
 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale — When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities available-for-sale; such items are classified as Level 1.  Level 1 investment securities mainly include U.S. treasury securities.  The fair values of other investment securities are generally determined by independent external pricing service providers who have experience in valuing these securities and by comparison to and/or average of quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers. In obtaining such valuation information from third parties, the Company has reviewed the methodologies used to develop the resulting fair values.  The investment securities valued using such methods are classified as Level 2.
 
The Company’s Level 3 available-for-sale securities are comprised of pooled trust preferred securities. The fair values of these investment securities represent less than 1% of the total available-for-sale investment securities.  The fair values of the pooled trust preferred securities have traditionally been based on the average of at least two quoted market prices obtained from independent external brokers since broker quotes in an active market are given the highest priority. As a result of the continued illiquidity in the pooled trust preferred securities market, it is the Company’s view that current broker prices (which are typically non-binding) on certain pooled trust preferred securities are not representative of the fair value of these securities.  As such, the Company considered what weight, if any, to place on transactions that are not orderly when estimating fair value.
 
For the pooled trust preferred securities, the fair values were derived based on discounted cash flow analysis (the income method) prepared by management. In order to determine the appropriate discount rate used in calculating fair values derived from the income method for the pooled trust preferred securities, the Company has made assumptions using an exit price approach related to the implied rate of return which have been adjusted for general changes in market rates, estimated changes in credit risk and liquidity risk premium, specific nonperformance, and default experience in the collateral underlying the securities.  Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.  Generally, a change in the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for credit risk and liquidity risk.  The actual Level 3 unobservable assumption rates used as of December 31, 2014 include: constant prepayment rate, constant default rate, loss severity for deferrals/defaults, and discount margin.

Loans Held for Sale — The Company’s loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. These loans are comprised of student loans.  The fair value of loans held for sale is derived from current market prices and comparative current sales. As such, the Company records any fair value adjustments on a nonrecurring basis. Loans held for sale are classified as Level 2.
 
Non-covered Impaired Loans — The Company evaluates non-covered impaired loans on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value of non-covered impaired loans is measured using the market comparables technique. For CRE loans and C&I loans, the fair value is based on each loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, if the loan is collateral dependent. The fair value of this collateral is based on third party appraisals or evaluations which are reviewed by the Company’s appraisal department. Updated appraisals and evaluations are obtained on a regular basis or at least annually. Further, on a quarterly basis, all appraisals and evaluations of nonperforming assets are reviewed to assess the current carrying value and to ensure that the current carrying value is appropriate. For certain performing TDRs, the Company utilizes the discounted cash flow technique and applies a discount rate derived from historical data. For residential loans with an unpaid balance below a certain threshold, the Company applies historical loss rates to derive the fair value. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of non-covered impaired loans are discount rates applied based on liquidation cost of collateral and selling cost. Non-covered impaired loans are classified as Level 3.
 

84



Loans Receivable, net — The fair value of loans is determined based on a discounted cash flow approach considered for an exit price value. The discount rate is derived from the associated yield curve plus spreads, and reflects the offering rates in the market for loans with similar financial characteristics. No adjustments have been made for changes in credit within any of the loan portfolios. It is management’s opinion that the allowance for loan losses pertaining to performing and nonperforming loans results in a fair value valuation of credit for such loans. Due to the unobservable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is classified as Level 3.
 
OREO — The Company’s OREO represents properties acquired through foreclosure or through full or partial satisfaction of loans receivable, which are recorded at estimated fair value less the cost to sell at the time of foreclosure and at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the cost to sell subsequent to acquisition. The fair values of OREO properties are based on third party appraisals, broker price opinions or accepted written offers. Refer to the “Non-covered Impaired Loans” section above for detailed discussion on the Company’s policy and procedures of appraisals and evaluations. The Company uses the market comparables valuation technique to measure the fair value of OREO properties. The significant unobservable input used is the selling cost. OREO properties are classified as Level 3.

Investment in FHLB Stock and Federal Reserve Bank Stock — The carrying amounts of the Company’s investments in FHLB Stock and Federal Reserve Bank Stock approximate fair value. The valuation of these investments is classified as Level 2.  Ownership of these securities is restricted to member banks and the securities do not have a readily determinable fair value.  Purchases and sales of these securities are at par value.
 
Accrued Interest Receivable — The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value, these instruments are classified as Level 2.
 
Foreign Exchange Options — The Company entered into foreign exchange option contracts with major investment firms during the year ended December 31, 2010. The settlement amount is determined based upon the performance of the Chinese currency Renminbi (“RMB”) relative to the U.S. Dollar (“USD”) over the 5-year term of the contracts. The performance amount is computed based on the average quarterly value of the RMB compared to the USD as compared to the initial value. The fair value of these derivative contracts is provided by third parties and is determined based on the change in the RMB and the volatility of the option over the life of the agreement. The option value is derived based on the volatility of the option, interest rate, currency rate and time remaining to maturity. The Company’s consideration of the counterparty’s credit risk resulted in a nominal adjustment to the valuation of the foreign exchange options as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value of these derivative contracts, the valuation of the option contracts is classified as Level 2.

Interest Rate Swaps and Caps — The Company enters into interest rate swap and cap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against interest rate swap and cap products offered to bank customers. These products allow borrowers to lock in attractive intermediate and long-term interest rates by entering into an interest rate swap or cap contract with the Company, resulting in the customer obtaining a synthetic fixed rate loan. The Company also enters into interest rate swap contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against certificates of deposit issued. This product allows the Company to lock in attractive floating rate funding. The fair value of interest rate swap contracts is based on a discounted cash flow approach. The counterparty’s credit risk is considered in the valuation of interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value of these derivative contracts, the valuation of interest rate swaps and caps is classified as Level 2.
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts — The Company enters into short-term foreign exchange contracts to purchase/sell foreign currencies at set rates in the future. These contracts economically hedge against foreign exchange rate fluctuations.  The Company also enters into contracts with institutional counterparties to hedge against foreign exchange products offered to bank customers. These products allow customers to hedge the foreign exchange risk of their deposits and loans denominated in foreign currencies. The Company assumes minimal foreign exchange rate risk as the contract with the customer and the contract with the institutional party mirror each other. The fair value is determined at each reporting period based on the change in the foreign exchange rate. Given the short-term nature of the contracts, the counterparties’ credit risks are considered nominal and resulted in no adjustments to the valuation of the short-term foreign exchange contracts as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The valuation of these contracts is classified as Level 2 due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value.
 
The Company also enters into long-term foreign exchange contracts to purchase/sell foreign currencies at set rates in the future. The fair value is determined at each reporting period based on the change in the foreign exchange rate. The Company’s consideration of the counterparty’s credit risk resulted in no adjustment to the valuation of the long-term foreign exchange contract as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The valuation of these contracts is classified as Level 2 due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the fair value.

85



 
Customer Deposits — The carrying amount approximates fair value for demand and interest checking deposits, savings deposits, and certain money market deposits as the amounts are payable on demand as of the balance sheet date. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value, these instruments are classified as Level 2. For time deposits, the fair value is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using the rates offered by the Company. Due to the unobservable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is classified as Level 3.
FHLB Advances — The fair value of FHLB advances is estimated based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, using rates currently offered by the FHLB of San Francisco for advances with similar remaining maturities at each reporting date. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is classified as Level 2.

Repurchase Agreements — For repurchase agreements with original maturities of 90 days or less, the carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, most of the repurchase agreements were long-term in nature and the fair values of securities sold under repurchase agreements were calculated by discounting future cash flows based on expected maturities or repricing dates, utilizing estimated market discount rates, and taking into consideration the call features of each instrument. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is classified as Level 2.
 
Accrued Interest Payable — The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value, these instruments are classified as Level 2.
 
Long-Term Debt — The fair value of long-term debt is estimated by discounting the cash flows through maturity based on current market rates the Company would pay for new issuances. Due to the observable nature of the inputs used in deriving the estimated fair value of these instruments, the estimate is classified as Level 2.
 
Embedded Derivative Liabilities — During 2010, the Company entered into foreign exchange option contracts with major brokerage firms to economically hedge against foreign exchange fluctuations in certain certificates of deposits available to its customers. These certificates of deposits have a term of 5 years and pay interest based on the performance of the RMB relative to the USD. Under ASC 815, a certificate of deposit that pays interest based on changes in foreign exchange rates is a hybrid instrument with an embedded derivative that must be accounted for separately from the host contract (i.e., the certificate of deposit). The fair value of these embedded derivatives is based on the discounted cash flow approach.  The liabilities are divided between the portion under FDIC insurance coverage and the non-insured portion.  For the FDIC insured portion the Company applied a risk premium comparable to an agency security risk premium.  For the non-insured portion, the Company considered its own credit risk in determining the valuation by applying a risk premium based on the Company institutional credit rating.  Total credit valuation adjustments on derivative liabilities were nominal for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.   Increases (decreases), if any, of those inputs in isolation would result in a lower (higher) fair value measurement.  The valuation of the embedded derivative liabilities fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy since the significant inputs used in deriving the fair value of these derivative contracts are not directly observable.   The actual Level 3 unobservable input used as of December 31, 2014 was a credit risk adjustment. 
 
The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of each reporting date.  Although the Company is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented herein.

86



NOTE 4 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash, amounts due from banks, money-market funds, and other short-term investments with original maturities up to 90 days. Short-term investments include short-term bank placements and resale agreements, recorded at cost, which approximate market.
 
The composition of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is presented as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Cash and amounts due from banks
 
$
944,118

 
$
693,387

Cash equivalents:
 
 

 
 

Money market funds
 

 
605

Other short-term investments
 
95,767

 
201,828

Total cash and cash equivalents
 
$
1,039,885

 
$
895,820

 
Short-term investments were $338.7 million and $257.5 million which include interest-bearing deposits in other banks of $50.2 million and $60.3 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These short-term investments have original maturities of greater than 90 days and less than one year. 


NOTE 5 —
SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER RESALE AGREEMENTS AND SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS
 
Resale agreements

Resale agreements are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired. The Company’s policy is to obtain possession of resale agreements that are equal to or greater than the principal amount loaned. The market values of the underlying securities, collateralizing the related receivable of the resale agreements, including accrued interest are monitored. Additional collateral may be requested by the Company from the counterparty when deemed appropriate. Gross resale agreements were $1.43 billion and $1.40 billion as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The weighted average interest rates were 1.55% and 1.44% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, total gross resale agreements that mature during the next five years are as follows: 2015$875.0 million; 2016 and 2017$0.0 million; 2018$50.0 million; 2019$0.0 million; 2020 and thereafter — $500.0 million.
 
Repurchase agreements

Long-term repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold. The collaterals for these agreements are mainly comprised of U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt and mortgage-backed securities. The Company may have to provide additional collateral for the repurchase agreements, as necessary. Gross repurchase agreements were $995.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The weighted average interest rates were 3.70% and 4.06% as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, total gross repurchase agreements that mature during the next five years are as follows: 2015$245.0 million; 2016$250.0 million; 2017$50.0 million; 2018 and 2019$0.0 million; 2020 and thereafter — $450.0 million.


87



Balance Sheet Offsetting
 
The Company’s resale agreements and repurchased agreements are transacted under legally enforceable master repurchase agreements that give the Company, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right to liquidate securities held and to offset receivables and payables with the same counterparty. The Company nets repurchase and resale transactions with the same counterparty on the consolidated balance sheet where it has a legally enforceable master netting agreement and when the transactions are eligible for netting under ASC 210-20-45. Collateral pledged consists of securities which are not netted on the consolidated balance sheet against the related collateralized liability. Collateral accepted includes securities that are not recognized on the consolidated balance sheets. Collateral accepted or pledged in resale and repurchase agreements with other financial institutions also may be sold or re-pledged by the secured party, but is usually delivered to and held by the third party trustees.
 

As of December 31, 2014
 

(In thousands)


Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets

Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Net Amounts of
Assets Presented
on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets



Assets




Financial
Instruments


Collateral
Received


Net Amount
Resale agreements

$
1,425,000


$
(200,000
)

$
1,225,000


$
(425,000
)
(1) 

$
(797,172
)
(2) 

$
2,828

 














 

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities

Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Net Amounts of
Liabilities
Presented on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets



Liabilities




Financial
Instruments


Collateral 
Posted


Net Amount
Repurchase agreements

$
995,000


$
(200,000
)

$
795,000


$
(425,000
)
(1) 

$
(370,000
)
(3) 

$


 
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets
 
Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 
Net Amounts of
Assets Presented
on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
Financial
Instruments
 
 
Collateral
Received
 
 
Net Amount
Resale agreements
 
$
1,400,000

 
$

 
$
1,400,000

(4) 
$
(495,000
)
(1) 
 
$
(905,000
)
(2) 
 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 
Net Amounts of
Liabilities
Presented on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
Financial
Instruments
 
 
Collateral 
Posted
 
 
Net Amount
Repurchase agreements
 
$
995,000

 
$

 
$
995,000

 
$
(495,000
)
(1) 
 
$
(500,000
)
(3) 
 
$

(1)
Includes financial instruments subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that are not permitted to be offset under ASC 210-20-45 but would be eligible for offsetting to the extent an event of default has occurred.
(2)
Represents the fair value of securities the Company has received under resale agreements, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized asset due from each counterparty.
(3)
Represents the fair value of securities the Company has pledged under repurchase agreements, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized liability owed to each counterparty.
(4)
Of the $1.40 billion resale agreements as of December 31, 2013, $100.0 million was recorded in cash and cash equivalents and $1.30 billion was recorded in resale agreements in the consolidated balance sheet.



88



NOTE 6 — INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
The following tables present the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains, gross unrealized losses and fair value by major categories of available-for-sale securities:
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
As of December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
873,101

 
$
1,971

 
$
(1,637
)
 
$
873,435

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities
 
311,927

 
490

 
(1,393
)
 
311,024

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 
140,957

 
1,056

 
(593
)
 
141,420

Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
785,412

 
9,754

 
(4,078
)
 
791,088

Municipal securities
 
245,408

 
6,202

 
(1,162
)
 
250,448

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade (1)
 
52,694

 
1,359

 
(135
)
 
53,918

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade (1)
 
34,000

 
53

 

 
34,053

Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade (1)
 
116,236

 

 
(1,054
)
 
115,182

Non-investment grade (1)
 
17,881

 

 
(3,200
)
 
14,681

Other securities
 
41,589

 
243

 
(716
)
 
41,116

Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
2,619,205

 
$
21,128

 
$
(13,968
)
 
$
2,626,365

As of December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
495,053

 
$
201

 
$
(3,622
)
 
$
491,632

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities
 
406,807

 
242

 
(12,726
)
 
394,323

U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 
182,257

 
1,062

 
(4,449
)
 
178,870

Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
892,435

 
7,729

 
(14,927
)
 
885,237

Municipal securities
 
297,390

 
1,122

 
(17,533
)
 
280,979

Other residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade (1)
 
48,129

 

 
(1,802
)
 
46,327

Other commercial mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade (1)
 
51,000

 
617

 

 
51,617

Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade (1)
 
312,726

 
613

 
(3,344
)
 
309,995

Non-investment grade (1)
 
20,668

 
62

 
(5,629
)
 
15,101

Other securities
 
80,025

 
555

 
(864
)
 
79,716

Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
2,786,490

 
$
12,203

 
$
(64,896
)
 
$
2,733,797

(1)
Investment securities rated BBB- or higher by S&P, or Baa3 or higher by Moody are considered investment grade.  Conversely, investment securities rated below BBB- by S&P, or below Baa3 by Moody are considered non-investment grade.

 
 

89



 Realized Gains and Losses

The following table presents the proceeds, gross realized gains, and gross realized losses related to the sales of investment securities for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 

 
(In thousands)
 
 
Proceeds from sales
 
$
623,689

 
$
663,569

 
$
1,230,134

Gross realized gains
 
$
10,978

 
$
13,904

 
$
28,211

Gross realized losses
 
$
127

(1) 
$
1,815

 
$
27,454

Related tax expense
 
$
4,557

 
$
5,077

 
$
318

(1)
The gross $127 thousand of losses resulted from the investment securities acquired from MetroCorp which were sold immediately after the acquisition closed.

Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are deemed to be an OTTI are recognized in earnings to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The following table presents a rollforward of the amounts related to the OTTI credit losses recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
115,511

 
$
115,511

 
$
115,412

Addition of OTTI that was not previously recognized
 

 

 

Additional increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which an OTTI was previously recognized
 

 

 
99

Reduction for securities sold
 
(3,173
)
 

 

Ending balance
 
$
112,338

 
$
115,511

 
$
115,511


The Company believes that it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. No OTTI credit losses were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $5.2 million of OTTI on a pre-tax basis, of which $99 thousand was credit-related impairment losses that was recorded through earnings, and $5.1 million was non-credit related impairment losses that was recorded through other comprehensive income for the pooled trust preferred securities which was due to credit downgrades caused by increases in market spreads, concerns regarding the housing market and lack of liquidity in the market. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company realized a gain of $802 thousand from the sale of a non-investment grade corporate debt security with previously recognized OTTI credit losses of $3.2 million.


90



Unrealized Losses

The following tables present the Company’s investment portfolio’s gross unrealized losses and related fair values, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
 
(In thousands)
As of December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
170,260

 
$
(266
)
 
$
163,800

 
$
(1,371
)
 
$
334,060

 
$
(1,637
)
U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities
 
69,438

 
(504
)
 
124,104

 
(889
)
 
193,542

 
(1,393
)
U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 
45,405

 
(257
)
 
16,169

 
(336
)
 
61,574

 
(593
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
81,927

 
(270
)
 
241,047

 
(3,808
)
 
322,974

 
(4,078
)
Municipal securities
 
6,391

 
(26
)
 
61,107

 
(1,136
)
 
67,498

 
(1,162
)
Other residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 

 

 
7,217

 
(135
)
 
7,217

 
(135
)
Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
25,084

 
(12
)
 
90,098

 
(1,042
)
 
115,182

 
(1,054
)
Non-investment grade
 

 

 
14,681

 
(3,200
)
 
14,681

 
(3,200
)
Other securities
 
15,885

 
(716
)
 

 

 
15,885

 
(716
)
Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
414,390

 
$
(2,051
)
 
$
718,223

 
$
(11,917
)
 
$
1,132,613

 
$
(13,968
)
 
 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or More
 
Total
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
 
(In thousands)
As of December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
337,248

 
$
(3,622
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
337,248

 
$
(3,622
)
U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise debt securities
 
387,097

 
(12,726
)
 

 

 
387,097

 
(12,726
)
U.S. government agency and U.S. government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
 
114,754

 
(3,280
)
 
16,065

 
(1,169
)
 
130,819

 
(4,449
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
 
502,285

 
(10,570
)
 
92,540

 
(4,357
)
 
594,825

 
(14,927
)
Municipal securities
 
173,782

 
(10,765
)
 
47,892

 
(6,768
)
 
221,674

 
(17,533
)
Other residential mortgage-backed securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
46,327

 
(1,802
)
 

 

 
46,327

 
(1,802
)
Corporate debt securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment grade
 
193,482

 
(1,538
)
 
79,442

 
(1,806
)
 
272,924

 
(3,344
)
Non-investment grade
 

 

 
14,422

 
(5,629
)
 
14,422

 
(5,629
)
Other securities
 
48,098

 
(864
)
 

 

 
48,098

 
(864
)
Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
1,803,073

 
$
(45,167
)
 
$
250,361

 
$
(19,729
)
 
$
2,053,434

 
$
(64,896
)
 

 

91



At each reporting date, the Company examines all individual securities that are in an unrealized loss position for OTTI.  Specific investment related factors, such as the nature of the investments, the severity and duration of the loss, the probability of collecting all amounts due, the analysis of the issuers of the securities and whether there has been any cause for default on the securities and any change in the rating of the securities by various rating agencies, are examined to assess impairment. Additionally, the Company evaluates whether the creditworthiness of the issuer calls the realization of contractual cash flows into question. The Company takes into consideration the financial resources, intent and its overall ability to hold the securities and not be required to sell them until their fair values recover.

The majority of the total unrealized losses related to securities are related to residential agency mortgage-backed securities, non-investment grade corporate debt securities and U.S. Treasury securities. As of December 31, 2014, residential agency mortgage-backed securities, non-investment grade corporate debt securities and U.S. Treasury securities represented 30%, 1% and 33%, respectively, of the total investment securities available-for-sale portfolio. As of December 31, 2013, residential agency mortgage-backed securities, non-investment grade corporate debt securities and U.S. Treasury securities represented 32%, 1% and 18%, respectively, of the total investment securities available-for-sale portfolio. The unrealized losses on these securities were primarily attributed to yield curve movement, together with the widened liquidity spread and credit spread. The issuers of these securities have not, to the Company's knowledge, established any cause for default on these securities. These securities have fluctuated in value since their purchase dates as market interest rates have fluctuated.

Management believes the impairments relating to the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 detailed in the tables of gross unrealized losses above are temporary and are not impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, no impairment loss has been recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 Investment Securities Maturities
 
The following table presents the scheduled maturities of investment securities as of December 31, 2014:
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
 
(In thousands)
Due within one year
 
$
343,193

 
$
339,814

Due after one year through five years
 
1,018,469

 
1,022,566

Due after five years through ten years
 
328,317

 
329,172

Due after ten years
 
929,226

 
934,813

Total investment securities available-for-sale
 
$
2,619,205

 
$
2,626,365

 
Actual maturities of mortgage-backed securities can differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay obligations. In addition, such factors as prepayments and interest rates may affect the yields on the carrying values of mortgage-backed securities.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, investment securities available-for-sale with a par value of $1.93 billion and $1.97 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window, or for other purposes required or permitted by law.


92



NOTE 7 — DERIVATIVES
 
The following table presents the total notional and fair values of the Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
Notional
Amount
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
Derivative
Assets (1)
 
Derivative
Liabilities (1)
 
 
Derivative
Assets (1)
 
Derivative
Liabilities (1)
 
 
(In thousands)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps on certificates of deposits
 
$
132,667

 
$

 
$
9,922

 
$
135,000

 
$

 
$
16,906

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
$
132,667

 
$

 
$
9,922

 
$
135,000

 
$

 
$
16,906

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange options
 
$
85,614

 
$
6,136

 
$

 
$
85,614

 
$
6,290

 
$

Embedded derivative liabilities
 
47,838

 

 
3,392

 
51,505

 

 
3,655

Interest rate swaps and caps
 
4,858,391

 
41,534

 
41,779

 
3,834,072

 
28,078

 
26,352

Foreign exchange contracts
 
680,629

 
8,123

 
9,171

 
635,428

 
6,181

 
3,349

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
$
5,672,472

 
$
55,793

 
$
54,342

 
$
4,606,619

 
$
40,549

 
$
33,356

(1) Derivative assets are included in other assets. Derivative liabilities are included in other liabilities and deposits.
 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
Interest Rate Swaps on Certificates of Deposits — The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain fixed rate certificates of deposits due to changes in the benchmark interest rate, London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”). Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the receipt of fixed rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. The interest rate swaps and the related certificates of deposits have the same maturity dates.
 
In 2014, the Company undesignated one of its existing hedged relationships and simultaneously redesignated into a new hedging relationship in order to realign the hedged notional of its interest rate swap against the outstanding notional balance of the related certificate of deposit, as a result of cumulative death puts on the certificate of deposit. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total notional amounts of the interest rate swaps on certificates of deposits were $132.7 million and $135.0 million, respectively. The fair value liabilities of the interest rate swaps were $9.9 million and $16.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The following table presents the net gains (losses) recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

Years ended December 31,

2014
 
2013
 
2012

(In thousands)
Gains (losses) recorded in interest expense:

 

 

  Recognized on interest rate swaps
$
6,885

 
$
(9,255
)
 
$
(1,076
)
  Recognized on certificates of deposits
(6,784
)
 
9,675

 
4,686

Net amount recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion)
$
101

 
$
420

 
$
3,610

Net interest expense recognized on interest rate swaps
$
(6,703
)
 
$
(3,153
)
 
$
(3,793
)



93



Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
Foreign Exchange Options — During 2010, the Company entered into foreign exchange option contracts with major brokerage firms to economically hedge against foreign exchange fluctuations in certain certificates of deposits available to its customers. These certificates of deposits have a term of 5 years and pay interest based on the performance of the RMB relative to the USD. Under ASC 815, a certificate of deposit that pays interest based on changes in foreign exchange rates is a hybrid instrument with an embedded derivative that must be accounted for separately from the host contract (i.e., the certificate of deposit). In accordance with ASC 815, both the embedded derivative instruments and the freestanding foreign exchange option contracts are recorded at fair value.
 
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the notional amounts of the foreign exchange options were $85.6 million. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the notional amounts of the embedded derivative liabilities were $47.8 million and $51.5 million, respectively.  The fair values of the foreign exchange options and the embedded derivative liabilities amounted to a $6.1 million asset and a $3.4 million liability, respectively, as of December 31, 2014. The fair values of the foreign exchange options and embedded derivative liabilities amounted to a $6.3 million asset and a $3.7 million liability, respectively, as of December 31, 2013.
 
Interest Rate Swaps and Caps — The Company enters into interest rate derivatives including interest rate swaps and caps with its customers to allow them to hedge against the risk of rising interest rates on their variable rate loans. To economically hedge against the interest rate risks in the products offered to its customers, the Company enters into mirror interest rate contracts with institutional counterparties.  As of December 31, 2014, the total notional amounts of interest rate swaps and caps, including mirror transactions with institutional counterparties and the Company’s customers totaled to $2.45 billion for derivatives that were in an asset valuation position and $2.40 billion for derivatives that were in a liability valuation position. As of December 31, 2013, the total notional amounts of interest rate swaps and caps, including mirror transactions with institutional counterparties and the Company’s customers totaled to $1.92 billion for derivatives that were in an asset valuation position and $1.91 billion for derivatives that were in a liability valuation position.
 
The fair values of interest rate swap and cap contracts with institutional counterparties and the Company’s customers amounted to a $41.5 million asset and a $41.8 million liability as of December 31, 2014. The fair values of interest rate swap and cap contracts with institutional counterparties and the Company’s customers amounted to a $28.1 million asset and a $26.4 million liability as of December 31, 2013.
 
Foreign Exchange Contracts — The Company enters into short-term foreign exchange forward contracts on a regular basis to economically hedge against foreign exchange rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the notional amounts of short-term foreign exchange contracts were $680.6 million and $607.9 million, respectively.  The fair values of the short-term foreign exchange contracts recorded were an $8.1 million asset and a $9.2 million liability as of December 31, 2014. The fair values of short-term foreign exchange contracts recorded were a $6.2 million asset and a $3.3 million liability as of December 31, 2013.
 
The Company also enters into long-term foreign exchange contracts to purchase/sell foreign currencies at set rates in the future. There was no long-term foreign exchange contract outstanding as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the notional amounts of long-term foreign exchange contracts totaled $27.5 million. The fair values of long-term foreign exchange contracts amounted to a $200 thousand asset and a $183 thousand liability as of December 31, 2013.

Equity Swap Agreements — In December 2007, the Company entered into two equity swap agreements with a major investment brokerage firm to economically hedge against market fluctuations in a promotional equity index certificate of deposit product offered to bank customers which has a term of 5 years and pays interest based on the performance of the Hang Seng China Enterprise Index. Under ASC 815, a certificate of deposit that pays interest based on changes in an equity index is a hybrid instrument with an embedded derivative (i.e. equity call option) that must be accounted for separately from the host contract (i.e. the certificate of deposit). In accordance with ASC 815, both the embedded equity call options on the certificates of deposit and the freestanding equity swap agreements were marked-to-market each reporting period with resulting changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statements of income. These equity swap agreements matured during 2012.


94



The following table presents the net (losses) gains recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.  
 
 
Location in
Consolidated
Statements of Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity swap agreements
 
Other operating income
 
$

 
$

 
$
2

Foreign exchange options
 
Foreign exchange income
 
103

 
653

 
389

Foreign exchange options with embedded derivatives
 
Other operating expense
 
5

 
23

 
101

Interest rate swaps and caps
 
Other operating income
 
(1,865
)
 
1,582

 
592

Foreign exchange contracts
 
Foreign exchange income
 
(3,880
)
 
2,624

 
(228
)
 
 
Total net (losses)
 
$
(5,637
)
 
$
4,882

 
$
856

 
Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features Certain OTC derivative contracts of the Company contain early termination provisions that may require the Company to settle any outstanding balances upon the occurrence of a specified credit-risk-related event. These events, which are defined by the existing derivative contracts, primarily relate to downgrades in the credit ratings of East West Bank to below investment grade. In the event that East West Bank’s credit rating had been downgraded to below investment grade, no additional collateral would have been required to be posted since the liabilities related to such contracts were fully collateralized as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.
 

95



Balance Sheet Offsetting
 
Derivatives The Company has entered into agreements with counterparty financial institutions, which include master netting agreements.  However, the Company has elected to account for all derivatives with counterparty institutions on a gross basis. The following tables present gross derivatives in the consolidated balance sheets and the respective collateral received or pledged in the form of other financial instruments, which are generally marketable securities and/or cash. The collateral amounts in these tables are limited to the outstanding balances of the related asset or liability (after netting is applied); thus instances of overcollateralization are not shown.  
 

As of December 31, 2014
 

(In thousands)


Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets

Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Net Amounts of
Assets Presented
on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets



Assets




Financial
Instruments


Collateral
Received


Net Amount
Derivatives

$
12,396


$


$
12,396


$
(5,725
)
(1) 

$
(3,463
)
(2) 

$
3,208

 














 

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities

Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Net Amounts of
Liabilities
Presented on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets



Liabilities




Financial
Instruments


Collateral 
Posted


Net Amount
Derivatives

$
56,505


$


$
56,505


$
(5,725
)
(1) 

$
(49,951
)
(3) 

$
829

 

As of December 31, 2013
 

(In thousands)


Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets

Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Net Amounts of
Assets Presented
on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets



Assets




Financial
Instruments


Collateral
Received


Net Amount
Derivatives

$
16,043


$


$
16,043


$
(11,363
)
(1) 

$
(4,680
)
(2) 

$
















 

Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities

Gross Amounts
Offset on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Net Amounts of
Liabilities
Presented on the
Consolidated
Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets



Liabilities




Financial
Instruments


Collateral 
Posted


Net Amount
Derivatives

$
33,849


$


$
33,849


$
(11,363
)
(1) 

$
(22,486
)
(3) 

$

(1)
Represents the netting of derivative receivable and payable balance for the same counterparty under enforceable master netting arrangements if the Company has elected to net.
(2)
Represents cash and securities received against derivative assets with the same counterparty that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements. Includes approximately $3.5 million of cash collateral received as of December 31, 2014.
(3)
Represents cash and securities pledged against derivative liabilities with the same counterparty that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements. Includes approximately $12.8 million and $187 thousand of cash collateral posted as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Refer to Note 1 for the Company’s accounting policy on derivatives and Note 3 for fair value measurement disclosures on derivatives.



96



NOTE 8 — COVERED ASSETS AND FDIC INDEMNIFICATION ASSET
 
Covered Assets
 
Covered assets consist of loans receivable and OREO that were acquired in the WFIB acquisition on June 11, 2010 and in the UCB acquisition on November 6, 2009 for which the Company entered into shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. The shared-loss agreements covered over 99% of the loans originated by WFIB and all of the loans originated by UCB, excluding the loans originated by UCB in China under its United Commercial Bank China (Limited) subsidiary. The Company shares in the losses, which began with the first dollar of loss incurred, on covered assets under the shared-loss agreements.
 
Pursuant to the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Company 80% of eligible losses for both UCB and WFIB with respect to covered assets. For the UCB covered assets, the FDIC will reimburse the Company for 95% of eligible losses in excess of $2.05 billion. The Company has a corresponding obligation to reimburse the FDIC for 80% or 95%, as applicable, of eligible recoveries with respect to covered assets. The commercial loan and single-family residential mortgage loan shared-loss provisions are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date and the loss recovery provisions are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the acquisition date.
 
The shared-loss coverage for the commercial loans acquired from the UCB and WFIB acquisitions end on the fifth anniversary of the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC. Accordingly, the shared-loss coverage of the UCB and WFIB commercial loans and other assets shared-loss agreements was extended to December 31, 2014 and will extend through June 30, 2015, respectively. Covered loans, net of discount was $1.48 billion as of December 31, 2014. The balance of the UCB commercial loans and other assets, net of discount was $1.10 billion as of December 31, 2014. The loss recovery provisions of the UCB and WFIB commercial loan shared-loss agreements will extend for an additional three years, through December 31, 2017 and June 30, 2018, respectively. Additionally, both the shared-loss coverage and loss recovery provisions of the UCB and WFIB residential loan shared-loss agreements are in effect for a 10-year period, extending through November 30, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. Upon expiration of the shared-loss coverage periods, any losses on loans will no longer be shared with the FDIC.
 
Forty-five days following the 10th anniversary of the respective acquisition date, the Company will be required to pay to the FDIC a calculated amount, based on the specific thresholds of losses not being reached. The calculation of this potential liability as stated in the shared-loss agreements is 50% of the excess, if any of (i) 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate less (ii) the sum of (a) 25% of the asset discount plus (b) 25% of the Cumulative Shared-Loss Payments plus (c) the Cumulative Servicing Amount, if net losses on covered assets subject to the stated threshold are not reached. The Company recorded a liability related to both UCB and WFIB shared-loss agreements of $110.3 million and $74.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.
 
The Company’s covered loan portfolio consists of (1) PCI loans and (2) covered advances drawn down on existing commitment lines, subsequent to the UCB and WFIB acquisition dates (“covered advances”).  PCI covered loans represent acquired loans, which the Company elected to account for in accordance with ASC 310-30.  As of the respective acquisition dates, the UCB and WFIB loan portfolios included unfunded commitments for commercial lines of credit, construction draws and other lending activities. These commitments are covered under the shared-loss agreements.  However, the covered advances are not accounted for under ASC 310-30.

At acquisition, loans were pooled and accounted for at fair value, which represents the discounted value of the expected cash flows of the loan portfolio. Nonaccretable difference represents the Company’s estimate of the expected credit losses, which was considered in determining the fair value of the loans as of the respective acquisition dates. In estimating nonaccretable difference, the Company (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”).  In the determination of contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected, the Company assumed no prepayments on the PCI nonaccrual loan pools since the Company does not anticipate any significant prepayments on credit impaired loans. For the PCI accrual loans for single-family, multifamily and CRE, the Company utilized a recognized third party vendor to obtain prepayment speeds. As the prepayment rates for the construction, land, and commercial and consumer loan pools have historically been low, the Company applied the prepayment assumptions of the current portfolio using internal modeling. The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. The amount by which the undiscounted expected cash flows exceed the estimated fair value (the “accretable yield”) is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans.
 

97



The following table presents the composition of the covered loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2014
 
 
2013
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
CRE
 
$
705,665

 
 
$
1,103,530

 
Construction and land
 
46,054

 
 
163,833

 
Total CRE
 
751,719

 
 
1,267,363

 
C&I
 
252,986

 
 
426,621

 
Residential single-family
 
240,650

 
 
290,095

 
Residential multifamily
 
296,599

 
 
403,508

 
Total residential
 
537,249

 
 
693,603

 
Other consumer
 
62,986

 
 
73,973

 
Total covered loans
 
1,604,940

(1) 
 
2,461,560

(2) 
Covered discount
 
(127,246
)
 
 
(265,917
)
 
Net valuation of loans
 
1,477,694

 
 
2,195,643

 
Allowance for loan losses on covered loans
 
(3,505
)
 
 
(7,745
)
 
Total covered loans, net
 
$
1,474,189

 
 
$
2,187,898

 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
253,312

(1) 
 
$
320,185

(2) 
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
 
1,224,382

 
 
1,875,458

 
Total
 
$
1,477,694

 
 
$
2,195,643

 
(1)
Includes $253.3 million of covered advances comprised of $154.8 million, $59.4 million, $27.3 million and $11.8 million of C&I, CRE, consumer and residential loans, respectively.
(2)
Includes $320.2 million of covered advances comprised of $230.6 million, $46.7 million, $30.9 million and $12.0 million of C&I, CRE, consumer and residential loans, respectively.

Credit Quality Indicators
 
Covered loans acquired are subject to the Company’s internal and external credit review and monitoring. The same credit quality indicators are reviewed for the covered portfolio as the non-covered portfolio, to enable the monitoring of the borrower’s credit and the likelihood of repayment.
 
Loans are risk rated based on analysis of the current state of the borrower’s credit quality. The analysis of credit quality includes a review of all repayment sources, the borrower’s current financial and liquidity status and all other relevant information. The Company utilizes an eight grade risk rating system, where a higher grade represents a higher level of credit risk. The eight grade risk rating system can be generally classified by the following categories: Pass, Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. The risk ratings reflect the relative strength of the repayment sources. Refer to Note 9 for a full discussion of risk ratings.
 
As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the majority of the PCI covered loan portfolio was performing better than expected from the initial estimates on acquisition. As a result, the Company reduced the nonaccretable difference due to the improved performance of the portfolio.  By decreasing the nonaccretable difference, the overall accretable yield will increase, thus increasing the interest income recognized over the remaining life of the loans. This reduction was primarily due to the lower loss rate and loan paydowns.  However, the Company has experienced some credit deterioration in certain PCI covered loan pools. Based on the Company’s estimates of cash flows expected to be collected, the Company will establish an allowance for the PCI covered pool of loans, with a charge to income through the provision for loan losses, where appropriate.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company has established an allowance of $424 thousand on $61.6 million of PCI covered loans. As of December 31, 2013, an allowance of $2.3 million was established on $129.7 million of PCI covered loans. The allowance balances for both periods were allocated mainly to the PCI covered CRE loans. With respect to the covered advances, losses are estimated collectively for groups of loans with similar characteristics. Refer to Note 9 for a discussion on the Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology.


98



The following tables present a summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses on the PCI covered loans and the covered advances for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
Covered
Advances
 
PCI 
Covered
Loans
 
Total
 
Covered
Advances
 
PCI 
Covered
Loans
 
Total
 
Covered
Advances
 
PCI 
Covered
Loans
 
Total
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Beginning balance
 
$
5,476

 
$
2,269

 
$
7,745

 
$
5,153

 
$

 
$
5,153

 
$
6,647

 
$

 
$
6,647

 
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses
 
6,878

 
(1,845
)
 
5,033

 
1,759

 
2,269

 
4,028

 
5,016

 

 
5,016

 
Charge-offs
 
(10,836
)
 

 
(10,836
)
 
(1,436
)
 

 
(1,436
)
 
(6,510
)
 

 
(6,510
)
 
Recoveries
 
1,563

 

 
1,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Ending balance
 
$
3,081

 
$
424

 
$
3,505

 
$
5,476

 
$
2,269

 
$
7,745

 
$
5,153

 
$

 
$
5,153

 
Ending balance allocated to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
3,081

 
$

 
$
3,081

(1) 
$
5,476

 
$

 
$
5,476

(2) 
$
5,153

 
$

 
$
5,153

(3) 
Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
 

 
424

 
424

 

 
2,269

 
2,269

 

 

 

 
Ending balance
 
$
3,081

 
$
424

 
$
3,505

 
$
5,476

 
$
2,269

 
$
7,745

 
$
5,153

 
$

 
$
5,153

 
(1)
Allowance for loan losses of $2.0 million, $676 thousand, $223 thousand and $166 thousand are allocated to C&I, CRE, consumer and residential loans, respectively.
(2)
Allowance for loan losses of $3.2 million, $1.8 million, $341 thousand and $176 thousand are allocated to C&I, CRE, consumer and residential loans, respectively.
(3)
Allowance for loan losses of $2.4 million, $2.5 million and $194 thousand and $87 thousand are allocated to C&I, CRE, consumer and residential loans, respectively.

The following tables present the credit risk rating categories for the covered loans by portfolio segments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE
 
$
579,133

 
$
12,575

 
$
113,957

 
$

 
$
705,665

Construction and land
 
18,090

 
8,515

 
19,449

 

 
46,054

Total CRE
 
597,223

 
21,090

 
133,406

 

 
751,719

C&I
 
217,975

 
5,723

 
29,288

 

 
252,986

Residential single-family
 
232,139

 
474

 
8,037

 

 
240,650

Residential multifamily
 
247,893

 

 
48,706

 

 
296,599

Total residential
 
480,032

 
474

 
56,743

 

 
537,249

Other consumer
 
62,010

 
141

 
835

 

 
62,986

Total
 
$
1,357,240

 
$
27,428

 
$
220,272

 
$

 
$
1,604,940

 

99



 
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE
 
$
857,376

 
$
27,851

 
$
211,835

 
$
6,468

 
$
1,103,530

Construction and land
 
41,847

 
9,472

 
111,616

 
898

 
163,833

Total CRE
 
899,223

 
37,323

 
323,451

 
7,366

 
1,267,363

C&I
 
378,086

 
4,635

 
43,797

 
103

 
426,621

Residential single-family
 
281,246

 
733

 
8,116

 

 
290,095

Residential multifamily
 
373,024

 
785

 
29,699

 

 
403,508

Total residential
 
654,270

 
1,518

 
37,815

 

 
693,603

Other consumer
 
72,053

 
128

 
1,792

 

 
73,973

Total
 
$
2,003,632

 
$
43,604

 
$
406,855

 
$
7,469

 
$
2,461,560

 
Credit Risk and Concentration
 
At each respective acquisition date, the covered loans were grouped into pools of loans with similar characteristics and risk factors per ASC 310-30. The pools were first developed based on loan categories and performance status. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, UCB covered loans comprised approximately 93% of total covered loans. In respect of the UCB acquisition, the loans were further segregated among the former UCB domestic, Hong Kong and China portfolios, representing three general geographic regions. The Company evaluated the composition of geographic regions within the construction, land, and multi-family loan portfolios and further segregated these pools into distressed and non-distressed regions, based on the Company’s historical experience with real estate loans within the non-covered portfolio. As of the UCB acquisition date, 64%, 10% and 11% of the UCB portfolio were located in California, Hong Kong and New York, respectively. This assessment was factored into the initial estimates on acquisition and the discount applied to the loans. As such, geographic concentration risk is considered in the covered loan discount.

Covered Nonperforming Assets
 
The following table presents the Company’s covered nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Covered nonaccrual loans(1) (2) (3)
 
$
62,665

 
$
126,895

Other real estate owned covered, net
 
4,499

 
21,373

Total covered nonperforming assets
 
$
67,164

 
$
148,268

(1)
Covered nonaccrual loans include loans that meet the criteria for nonaccrual but have a yield accreted through interest income under ASC 310-30.  All losses on covered loans are 80% reimbursed by the FDIC.
(2)
Net of discount.
(3)
Includes $10.1 million and $17.7 million of covered advances as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively; and $52.6 million and $109.2 million of PCI loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no accruing covered loans that were past due 90 days or more.
 

100



Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
The following table presents the Company’s TDRs related to covered loans activity rollforward for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014

2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
116,007

 
$
157,736

Additions
 
1,264

 
35,865

Transfers to covered OREO
 
(1,230
)
 

Charge-offs
 
(1,504
)
 
(10,167
)
Paydowns/Reductions
 
(71,810
)
 
(67,427
)
Ending Balance
 
$
42,727

 
$
116,007

 
Covered OREO
 
Covered OREO balances were $4.5 million and $21.4 million, net of valuation adjustments of $1.3 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  During the year ended December 31, 2014, 17 properties with an aggregate carrying value of $28.0 million were added through foreclosure. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company sold 29 covered OREO properties for total proceeds of $52.1 million resulting in a total net gain on sale of $8.5 million.

Accretable Yield
 
The following table presents the changes in the accretable yield for the PCI covered loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
461,545

 
$
556,986

 
$
785,165

Additions
 

 

 

Accretion
 
(214,209
)
 
(347,010
)
 
(382,132
)
Changes in expected cash flows
 
59,188

 
251,569

 
153,953

Ending balance
 
$
306,524

 
$
461,545

 
$
556,986

 
The excess cash flows expected to be collected over the initial fair value of the PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is accreted into interest income using an effective yield method over the remaining life of the acquired loans. The accretable yield will change due to:
 
estimate of the remaining life of acquired loans which may change the amount of future interest income;
estimate of the amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference); and
indices for acquired loans with variable rates of interest.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2014, the estimated amount of contractually required principal and interest payments over the estimated life that will not be collected (the nonaccretable difference) was reduced as the losses on certain loan pools were evaluated and determined to be lower than expected. As a result of the reduction in the nonaccretable yield, the accretable yield increased, as did the amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset. Consequently, $52.5 million and $190.3 million were reclassified from nonaccretable yield to accretable yield due to changes in loss rate assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Due to ongoing improvement in credit quality of the remaining covered loans, the accrued liability to the FDIC increased during 2014.
 

101



From December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, excluding scheduled principal payments, a total of $647.0 million of loans were removed from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 due to loans being paid in full, sold, transferred to covered OREO or charged-off. Interest income of $87.5 million related to payoffs and removals offset by charge-offs was recorded.
 
From December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013, excluding scheduled principal payments, a total of $739.3 million of loans were removed from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 due to loans being paid in full, sold, transferred to covered OREO or charged-off. Interest income of $168.1 million related to payoffs and removals offset by charge-offs was recorded.

From December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, excluding scheduled principal payments, a total of $924.7 million of loans were removed from the covered loans accounted for under ASC 310-30 due to loans being paid in full, sold, transferred to covered OREO or charged-off. Interest income of $124.7 million related to payoffs and removals offset by charge-offs was recorded.

FDIC Indemnification Asset/Payable to FDIC, net
 
The Company is amortizing the difference between the recorded amount of the FDIC indemnification asset and the expected reimbursement from the FDIC over the life of the indemnification asset, in line with the improved accretable yield as discussed above.  As of December 31, 2014, due to continued payoffs and improved credit performance of the covered portfolio as compared to the Company's original estimates, the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements has decreased and a payable to FDIC, net has been recorded.  In prior year, due to the estimated losses from the covered portfolio and the corresponding expected payments from the FDIC, the Company recorded an FDIC indemnification asset. As of December 31, 2014, the net liability to the FDIC was $96.1 million compared to a net asset of $74.7 million as of December 31, 2013

The following table presents a summary of the FDIC indemnification asset/Payable to FDIC, net for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
74,708

 
$
316,313

Amortization
 
(101,638
)
 
(99,055
)
Reductions (1)
 
(33,595
)
 
(95,536
)
Estimate of FDIC repayment (2)
 
(35,581
)
 
(47,014
)
Ending Balance
 
$
(96,106
)
 
$
74,708

(1)
Reductions relate to charge-offs, partial prepayments, loan payoffs and loan sales which result in a corresponding reduction of the indemnification asset.
(2)
This represents the change in the calculated estimate the Company will be required to pay the FDIC at the end of the FDIC shared-loss agreements, due to lower thresholds of losses.
 

102



FDIC Receivable
 
As of December 31, 2014, the FDIC shared-loss receivable was $1.0 million as compared to $30.3 million as of December 31, 2013. This receivable represents current reimbursable amounts from the FDIC, under the FDIC shared-loss agreements that have not yet been received. These reimbursable amounts include net charge-offs, loan related expenses and OREO-related expenses. Consequently, 100% of the loan related and OREO expenses are recorded as noninterest expense, 80% of reimbursable expense is recorded as noninterest income, netting to the 20% of actual expense paid by the Company. The FDIC also shares in 80% of recoveries received. Thus, the FDIC receivable is reduced when the Company receives payment from the FDIC as well as when recoveries occur. The FDIC shared-loss receivable is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.
 
The following table presents a summary of the activity in the FDIC receivable for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
30,261

 
$
73,091

Net (reduction) addition due to recovery or eligible expense/loss
 
(30,601
)
 
12,996

Payments to (received from) the FDIC
 
1,343

 
(55,826
)
Ending balance
 
$
1,003

 
$
30,261




103



NOTE 9 — NON-COVERED LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
The following table presents the composition of non-covered loans receivable as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 
 
December 31, 2014
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
(In thousands)
CRE:
 
 

 
 

Income producing
 
$
5,611,485

 
$
4,301,030

Construction
 
313,811

 
140,186

Land
 
208,750

 
143,861

Total CRE
 
6,134,046

 
4,585,077

C&I:
 
 

 
 

Commercial business
 
7,031,350

 
4,637,056

Trade finance
 
806,744

 
723,137

Total C&I
 
7,838,094

 
5,360,193

Residential:
 
 

 
 

Single-family
 
3,642,978

 
3,192,875

Multifamily
 
1,177,690

 
992,434

Total residential
 
4,820,668

 
4,185,309

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

Student loans
 

 
679,220

Other consumer
 
1,456,643

 
868,518

Total consumer
 
1,456,643

 
1,547,738

Total non-covered loans (1)
 
20,249,451

 
15,678,317

Unearned fees, premiums, and discounts, net
 
2,804

 
(23,672
)
Allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans
 
(258,174
)
 
(241,930
)
Non-covered loans, net
 
$
19,994,081

 
$
15,412,715

(1)
Loans net of ASC 310-30 discount.
 
As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, covered and non-covered loans receivable totaling $14.66 billion and $10.57 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank.

The Company’s CRE lending activities include loans to finance income-producing properties, construction and land loans.  The Company’s C&I lending activities include commercial business financing for small and middle-market businesses in a wide spectrum of industries.  Included in commercial business loans are loans for working capital, accounts receivable lines, inventory lines, Small Business Administration loans and lease financing.  The Company also offers a variety of international trade finance services and products, including letters of credit, revolving lines of credit, import loans, bankers’ acceptances, working capital lines, domestic purchase financing and pre-export financing.

The Company’s residential single-family loans are primarily comprised of adjustable rate (“ARM”) first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four unit residential properties.  The Company’s ARM single-family loan programs generally have a one-year or three-year initial fixed period.  The Company’s residential multifamily loans are comprised mainly of variable rate loans that have a six-month or three-year initial fixed period. As of December 31, 2014, consumer loans were primarily comprised of HELOCs. As of December 31, 2013, consumer loans were primarily comprised of HELOCs and student loans.

All of the loans that the Company originates are subject to its underwriting guidelines and loan origination standards. Management believes that the Company’s underwriting criteria and procedures adequately consider the unique risks which may come from these products. The Company conducts a variety of quality control procedures and periodic audits to ensure compliance with its origination standards, including criteria for lending and legal requirements.
 

104



Credit Risk and Concentrations — The Company has a concentration of real estate loans in California.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $6.13 billion in non-covered CRE loans and $4.82 billion in non-covered residential loans, of which approximately 80% were secured by real properties located in California.  Deterioration in the real estate market generally, including residential and CRE, could result in additional loan charge-offs and provisions for loan losses in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, net income and capital. In addition, although most of the Company’s trade finance loans relate to trade with Asian countries, the majority of the Company’s loans are made to borrowers domiciled in the United States.  A substantial portion of this business involves California based customers engaged in import and export activities. 
 
Purchased Loans — During 2014, the Company purchased $113.2 million of loans, the majority of which were student loans guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education. During 2013, the Company purchased $759.3 million loans, of which 63% of the purchased loans were comprised of student loans that were primarily guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education. The remaining loans purchased during 2013 were comprised mainly of insurance premium financing loans which were included in the C&I and consumer loan portfolios.

 Acquired Loans — In January 2014, the Company acquired $1.19 billion of loans through its acquisition of MetroCorp, as discussed in Note 2 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  As of the acquisition date, approximately 6% of the acquired loans were credit impaired and accounted for in accordance with ASC 310-30. As of December 31, 2014, the balance of PCI loans acquired from the MetroCorp acquisition was $50.6 million.

Loans Held for Sale — Loans held for sale were $46.0 million and $205.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value.  Fair value is derived from current market prices.  $837.4 million and $97.1 million of net loans receivable were reclassified from loans held for investment to loans held for sale during 2014 and 2013, respectively. Loans transferred were primarily comprised of student loans and C&I loans in 2014 and in 2013. These loans were purchased by the Company with the original intent to be held for investment. However, subsequent to the purchase, the Company’s intent for these loans changed and they were consequently reclassified to loans held for sale. $5.2 million of write-downs related to loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale were recorded to allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company did not record any write-downs related to loans transferred from loans held for investment to loans held for sale for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Proceeds from total loans sold were $1.14 billion, resulting in net gains of $39.1 million during 2014. The majority of loans sold in 2014 were comprised of student loans and commercial loans. In comparison, proceeds from total loans sold were $376.4 million and $428.7 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, resulting in net gains of $7.8 million and $17.0 million during 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Loans sold in 2013 and 2012 primarily comprised of student loans and commercial loans, respectively.
                                                                                                                     
Credit Quality Indicators — Loans are risk rated based on analysis of the current state of the borrower’s credit quality. The analysis of credit quality includes a review of all repayment sources, the borrower’s current payment performance/delinquency, current financial and liquidity status and all other relevant information.  For single-family residential loans, payment performance/delinquency is the driving indicator for the risk ratings.  However, the risk ratings remain the overall credit quality indicator for the Company as well as the credit quality indicator utilized for estimating the appropriate allowance for loan losses. The Company utilizes an eight grade risk rating system, where a higher grade represents a higher level of credit risk. The eight grade risk rating system can be generally classified by the following categories: Pass, Watch, Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and Loss. The risk ratings reflect the relative strength of the repayment sources.
 
Pass and Watch loans are generally considered to have sufficient sources of repayment in order to repay the loan in full in accordance with all terms and conditions. These borrowers may have some credit risk that requires monitoring, but full repayment is expected. Special Mention loans are considered to have potential weaknesses that warrant closer attention by management. Special Mention is considered a transitory grade. If any potential weaknesses are resolved, the loan is upgraded to a Pass or Watch grade. If negative trends in the borrower’s financial status or other information indicates that the repayment sources may become inadequate, the loan is downgraded to a Substandard grade. Substandard loans are considered to have well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the full and timely repayment of the loan. Substandard loans have a distinct possibility of loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Additionally, when management has assessed a potential for loss but a distinct possibility of loss is not recognizable, the loan is still classified as Substandard. Doubtful loans have insufficient sources of repayment and a high probability of loss. Loss loans are considered to be uncollectible and of such little value that they are no longer considered bankable assets. These internal risk ratings are reviewed routinely and adjusted due to changes in the borrowers' status and likelihood of loan repayment.


105



The following tables present the credit risk rating categories for non-covered loans by portfolio segment as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Loss
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Income producing
 
$
5,244,022

 
$
54,431

 
$
313,032

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,611,485

Construction
 
306,923

 

 
6,888

 

 

 
313,811

Land
 
179,319

 
5,701

 
23,730

 

 

 
208,750

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Commercial business
 
6,783,051

 
128,578

 
119,133

 
533

 
55

 
7,031,350

Trade finance
 
766,575

 
10,193

 
29,976

 

 

 
806,744

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Single-family
 
3,624,097

 
3,143

 
15,738

 

 

 
3,642,978

Multifamily
 
1,096,572

 
5,124

 
75,994

 

 

 
1,177,690

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Student loans
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other consumer
 
1,452,953

 
1,005

 
2,685

 

 

 
1,456,643

Total
 
$
19,453,512

 
$
208,175

 
$
587,176

 
$
533

 
$
55

 
$
20,249,451

 
 
Pass/Watch
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Loss
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Income producing
 
$
4,032,269

 
$
56,752

 
$
212,009

 
$

 
$

 
$
4,301,030

Construction
 
127,138

 
6,160

 
6,888

 

 

 
140,186

Land
 
116,000

 
9,304

 
18,557

 

 

 
143,861

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial business
 
4,400,847

 
92,315

 
143,894

 

 

 
4,637,056

Trade finance
 
681,345

 
22,099

 
19,693

 

 

 
723,137

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Single-family
 
3,167,337

 
8,331

 
17,207

 

 

 
3,192,875

Multifamily
 
923,697

 
1,634

 
67,103

 

 

 
992,434

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Student loans
 
677,094

 
445

 
1,681

 

 

 
679,220

Other consumer
 
865,752

 
244

 
2,522

 

 

 
868,518

Total
 
$
14,991,479

 
$
197,284

 
$
489,554

 
$

 
$

 
$
15,678,317



106



Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans
 
The following tables below present an aging analysis of the Company’s non-covered loans and loans held for sale, segregated by portfolio segment, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Accruing
Loans
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
Accruing
Loans
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Total
Accruing
Past Due
Loans
 
Nonaccrual
Loans Less
Than 90 Days
Past Due
 
Nonaccrual
Loans
90 or More
Days Past Due
 
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
 
Current
Accruing
Loans
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Income producing
 
$
14,171

 
$
3,593

 
$
17,764

 
$
29,576

 
$
9,109

 
$
38,685

 
$
5,555,036

 
$
5,611,485

Construction
 

 

 

 

 
6,888

 
6,888

 
306,923

 
313,811

Land
 

 

 

 
254

 
2,502

 
2,756

 
205,994

 
208,750

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial business
 
3,073

 
2,884

 
5,957

 
5,514

 
14,689

 
20,203

 
7,005,190

 
7,031,350

Trade finance
 

 

 

 
73

 

 
73

 
806,671

 
806,744

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Single-family
 
6,375

 
1,294

 
7,669

 
2,894

 
4,936

 
7,830

 
3,627,479

 
3,642,978

Multifamily
 
4,350

 
507

 
4,857

 
12,460

 
8,336

 
20,796

 
1,152,037

 
1,177,690

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Student loans
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other consumer
 
2,154

 
162

 
2,316

 
115

 
540

 
655

 
1,453,672

 
1,456,643

Loans held for sale
 
642

 
175

 
817

 

 
3,157

 
3,157

 
41,976

 
45,950

Total (1)
 
$
30,765

 
$
8,615

 
$
39,380

 
$
50,886

 
$
50,157

 
$
101,043

 
$
20,154,978

 
$
20,295,401

Unearned fees, premiums and discounts, net
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
2,804

Total recorded investment in non-covered loans and loans held for sale
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
20,298,205

(1)
Loans net of ASC 310-30 discount.
 
 
 
Accruing
Loans
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
Accruing
Loans
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
Total
Accruing
Past Due
Loans
 
Nonaccrual
Loans Less
Than 90 Days
Past Due
 
Nonaccrual
Loans
90 or More
Days Past Due
 
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
 
Current
Accruing
Loans
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Income producing
 
$
12,746

 
$
1,798

 
$
14,544

 
$
13,924

 
$
22,549

 
$
36,473

 
$
4,250,013

 
$
4,301,030

Construction
 

 

 

 

 
6,888

 
6,888

 
133,298

 
140,186

Land
 

 

 

 
265

 
3,223

 
3,488

 
140,373

 
143,861

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial business
 
3,428

 
6,259

 
9,687

 
6,437

 
15,486

 
21,923

 
4,605,446

 
4,637,056

Trade finance
 

 

 

 

 
909

 
909

 
722,228

 
723,137

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Single-family
 
4,694

 
922

 
5,616

 

 
11,218

 
11,218

 
3,176,041

 
3,192,875

Multifamily
 
8,580

 
531

 
9,111

 
19,661

 
7,972

 
27,633

 
955,690

 
992,434

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Student loans
 
541

 
445

 
986

 

 
1,681

 
1,681

 
676,553

 
679,220

Other consumer
 
293

 
1

 
294

 
175

 
1,263

 
1,438

 
866,786

 
868,518

Loans held for sale
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
204,970

 
204,970

Total
 
$
30,282

 
$
9,956

 
$
40,238

 
$
40,462

 
$
71,189

 
$
111,651

 
$
15,731,398

 
$
15,883,287

Unearned fees, premiums and discounts, net
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
(23,672
)
Total recorded investment in non-covered loans and loans held for sale
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
$
15,859,615

 

107



Loans 90 or more days past due are generally placed on nonaccrual status, at which point interest accrual is discontinued and all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. Additionally, loans that are not 90 or more days past due but have identified deficiencies, including delinquent TDRs, are also placed on nonaccrual status.

Troubled Debt Restructurings 
A TDR is a modification of the terms of a loan when the lender, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower. The concessions may be granted in various forms, including a below-market change in the stated interest rate, reduction in the loan balance or accrued interest, extension of the maturity date with a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate or note splits referred to as A/B notes. In A/B note restructurings, the original note is bifurcated into two notes where the A note represents the portion of the original loan which allows for acceptable loan-to-value and debt coverage on the collateral and is expected to be collected in full and the B note represents the portion of the original loan where there is a shortfall in value and is fully charged-off. The A/B note balance is comprised of the A note balance only. A notes are not disclosed as TDRs in subsequent years after the year of restructuring if the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the Company was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk, the loan is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement and has demonstrated a period of sustained performance under the modified terms.
Potential TDRs are individually evaluated and the type of restructuring is selected based on the loan type and the circumstances of the borrower’s financial difficulty in order to maximize the Company’s recovery.  CRE TDRs were restructured through principal and interest reductions, rate reductions, principal deferments, extensions, and other modified terms, for a total of $8.6 million as of December 31, 2014.  C&I TDRs were restructured through extensions, principal deferments, forbearance payments, rate reductions, and other modified terms, for a total of $3.2 million as of December 31, 2014.  Residential TDRs were restructured through principal deferments, extensions, principal and interest reductions, and other modified terms, for a total of $12.0 million as of December 31, 2014.  Consumer TDRs were restructured through other modified terms for a total of $504 thousand as of December 31, 2014.  These modifications had an impact of a reduction or deferment of principal and/or interest collected over the life of the loan, and/or an extended time period of collection of principal and/or interest.
CRE TDRs were primarily modified through A/B note splits, forbearance of payments and principal and/or interest deferment for a total of $17.5 million as of December 31, 2013.  Modifications of C&I TDRs were restructured through extensions, and principal and interest reduction, for a total of $15.6 million as of December 31, 2013.  Residential TDRs modified using A/B note splits totaled $1.1 million as of December 31, 2013.  Consumer TDRs were restructured through maturity extensions for a total of $639 thousand as of December 31, 2013. CRE TDRs modified using A/B note splits, principal reductions, extensions and/or non-market interest changes totaled $9.2 million as of December 31, 2012. C&I TDRs modified using forbearance payments, principal reductions, principal and/or interest deferment and/or maturity extensions totaled $5.0 million as of December 31, 2012. Residential TDRs modified using principal and/or interest deferment and/or rate reductions, extensions, A/B note splits and/or other principal adjustments totaled $33.7 million as of December 31, 2012. Consumer TDRs were restructured through principal deferment totaling $108 thousand as of December 31, 2012.

108



The following table presents new TDR modifications on the non-covered loan portfolio and include the financial effects of these modifications for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:
 
 
Loans Modified as TDRs During the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014

2013

2012
 

Number
of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment 
(1)
 
Financial
Impact 
(2)
 
Number
of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment 
(1)
 
Financial
Impact 
(2)
 
Number
of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment 
(1)
 
Financial
Impact 
(2)
 
 
($ in thousands)
CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income producing
 
6

 
$
8,829

 
$
8,624

 
$
43

 
6

 
$
26,021

 
$
17,456

 
$
219

 
8

 
$
10,118

 
$
8,162

 
$
1,169

Construction
 

 
$

 
$

 
$

 

 
$

 
$

 
$

 

 
$

 
$

 
$

Land
 

 
$

 
$

 
$

 

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
3

 
$
1,610

 
$
1,059

 
$
395

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial business
 
13

 
$
4,379

 
$
3,089

 
$
2,205

 
6

 
$
16,220

 
$
15,624

 
$
4,274

 
14

 
$
5,101

 
$
4,374

 
$
560

Trade finance
 
1

 
$
190

 
$
73

 
$
14

 

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
2

 
$
2,510

 
$
579

 
$
1,506

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single-family
 
9

 
$
11,454

 
$
8,269

 
$

 

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
12

 
$
6,227

 
$
5,556

 
$
938

Multifamily
 
6

 
$
5,471

 
$
3,705

 
$
7

 
1

 
$
1,093

 
$
1,071

 
$

 
16

 
$
28,736

 
$
28,153

 
$
3,344

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other consumer
 
1

 
$
509

 
$
504

 
$

 
1

 
$
651

 
$
639

 
$

 
1

 
$
108

 
$
108

 
$

(1)
Includes subsequent payments after modification.
(2)
The financial impact includes charge-offs and specific reserves recorded at modification date.

     Subsequent to restructuring, a TDR that becomes delinquent, generally beyond 90 days is considered to have defaulted.  The following table presents information for loans modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months that have subsequently defaulted as of December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:
 
 
Loans Modified as TDRs that Subsequently Defaulted
During the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Number of
Contracts

Recorded
Investment
 
 
($ in thousands)
CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Income producing
 

 
$

 

 
$

 
1

 
$
271

Construction
 

 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$

Land
 

 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Commercial business
 
1

 
$
957

 
1

 
$
570

 
2

 
$
33

Trade finance
 

 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 

 

Single-family
 

 
$

 

 
$

 
2

 
$
2,830

Multifamily
 

 
$

 

 
$

 
1

 
$
378

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
Other consumer
 

 
$

 
1

 
$
639

 

 
$

TDRs may be designated as performing or nonperforming.  A TDR may be designated as performing if the loan has demonstrated sustained performance under the modified terms.  The period of sustained performance may include the periods prior to modification if prior performance met or exceeded the modified terms.  A loan will remain on nonaccrual status until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance, generally six consecutive months of payments.  The Company had $68.3 million and $71.8 million in total performing restructured loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Nonperforming restructured loans were $20.7 million and $11.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Included as TDRs were $2.9 million and $4.3 million of performing A/B notes as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

109



Performing TDRs as of December 31, 2014 were comprised of $28.4 million in CRE loans, $16.2 million in C&I loans, $22.5 million in residential loans and $1.2 million in consumer loans.  Performing TDRs as of December 31, 2013 were comprised of $37.6 million in CRE loans, $16.7 million in C&I loans, $17.4 million in residential loans and $108 thousand in consumer loans.  Nonperforming TDRs as of December 31, 2014 were comprised of $8.2 million in CRE loans, $5.5 million in C&I loans, $7.0 million in residential loans and no consumer loans.  Nonperforming TDRs as of December 31, 2013 were comprised of $3.4 million in CRE loans, $3.5 million in C&I loans, $3.6 million in residential loans and $639 thousand in consumer loans.
TDRs are included in the impaired loan quarterly valuation allowance process.  See the sections below on Impaired Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses for the complete discussion.  All portfolio segments of TDRs are reviewed for necessary specific reserves in the same manner as impaired loans of the same portfolio segment which have not been identified as TDRs.  The modification of the terms of each TDR is considered in the current impairment analysis of the respective TDR.  For all portfolio segments of delinquent TDRs, when the restructured loan is uncollectible and its fair value is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the deficiency is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses.  If the loan is a performing TDR, the deficiency is included in the specific allowance, as appropriate. As of December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses associated with TDRs was $13.1 million for performing TDRs and $1.9 million for nonperforming TDRs. As of December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses associated with TDRs was $13.0 million for performing TDRs and $836 thousand for nonperforming TDRs. The amount of additional funds committed to lend to borrowers whose terms have been modified were immaterial as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. 
Impaired Loans
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all scheduled payments of principal or interest due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company’s loans are grouped into heterogeneous and homogeneous (mostly consumer loans) categories. Classified loans in the heterogeneous category are identified and evaluated for impairment on an individual basis. The Company considers loans individually reviewed to be impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as an expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, less costs to sell. When the value of an impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan and the loan is classified as nonperforming and uncollectible, the deficiency is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses. Impaired loans exclude the homogenous consumer loan portfolio which is evaluated collectively for impairment. Impaired loans include non-covered loans held for investment on nonaccrual status, regardless of the collateral coverage, and loans modified in a TDR.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, impaired non-covered loans totaled $154.1 million and $183.5 million, respectively. The following tables present the Company's impaired non-covered loans as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Total
Recorded
Investment (1)
 
Related
Allowance
 
 
(In thousands)
As of December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Income producing
 
$
57,805

 
$
34,399

 
$
15,646

 
$
50,045

 
$
1,581

Construction
 
6,888

 
6,888

 

 
6,888

 

Land
 
13,291

 
2,838

 
5,622

 
8,460

 
1,906

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial business
 
42,396

 
10,552

 
25,717

 
36,269

 
15,174

Trade finance
 
280

 

 
274

 
274

 
28

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Single-family
 
17,838

 
5,137

 
11,398

 
16,535

 
461

Multifamily
 
37,624

 
21,500

 
12,890

 
34,390

 
313

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Other consumer
 
1,259

 
1,151

 
108

 
1,259

 
1

Total
 
$
177,381

 
$
82,465

 
$
71,655

 
$
154,120

 
$
19,464

 

110



 
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
Total
Recorded
Investment (1)
 
Related
Allowance
 
 
(In thousands)
As of December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Income producing
 
$
73,777

 
$
39,745

 
$
25,523

 
$
65,268

 
$
5,976

Construction
 
6,888

 
6,888

 

 
6,888

 

Land
 
17,390

 
4,372

 
7,908

 
12,280

 
2,082

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial business
 
48,482

 
10,850

 
27,487

 
38,337

 
13,787

Trade finance
 
2,771

 
438

 
752

 
1,190

 
752

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Single-family
 
15,814

 
13,585

 
1,588

 
15,173

 
207

Multifamily
 
43,821

 
30,899

 
10,215

 
41,114

 
1,339

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Student loans
 
1,749

 
1,681

 

 
1,681

 

Other consumer
 
1,945

 
1,546

 

 
1,546

 

Total
 
$
212,637

 
$
110,004

 
$
73,473

 
$
183,477

 
$
24,143

(1)
Excludes $10.1 million and $17.7 million of covered non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, accounted for under ASC 310-10, of which some loans have additional partial balances accounted for under ASC 310-30.

The following table present the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans by portfolio segment:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Average
recorded
investment
 
Recognized
interest
income (1)
 
Average
recorded
investment
 
Recognized
interest
income (1)
 
 
(In thousands)
CRE:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Income producing
 
$
54,544

 
$
1,249

 
$
71,856

 
$
2,480

Construction
 
6,888

 

 
6,888

 

Land
 
8,633

 
298

 
12,453

 
496

C&I:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Commercial business
 
36,528

 
833

 
38,294

 
735

Trade finance
 
336

 
15

 
1,603

 
11

Residential:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Single-family
 
16,413

 
342

 
15,322

 
154

Multifamily
 
37,128

 
830

 
35,799

 
850

Consumer:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Student loans
 

 

 
1,664

 

Other consumer
 
1,259

 
47

 
1,561

 
4

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)
 
$
161,729

 
$
3,614

 
$
185,440

 
$
4,730

(1)
Includes interest recognized on accruing TDRs.  Interest payments received on nonaccrual loans are reflected as a reduction of principal and not as interest income.
 





111



Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance consists of specific reserves and a general reserve. The Company’s loans fall into heterogeneous and homogeneous (mostly consumer loans) categories. Impaired loans are subject to specific reserves. Loans in the homogeneous category, as well as non-impaired loans in the heterogeneous category, are evaluated as part of the general reserve. The general reserve is calculated by utilizing both quantitative and qualitative factors. There are different qualitative risks for the loans in each portfolio segment. The residential and CRE segments’ predominant risk characteristic is the collateral and the geographic location of the property collateralizing the loan. The risk is qualitatively assessed based on the change in the real estate market in those geographic areas. The C&I segment’s predominant risk characteristics are the global cash flows of the borrowers and guarantors, and economic and market conditions. Consumer loans, excluding the student loan portfolio guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education, are largely comprised of HELOCs for which the predominant risk characteristic is the real estate collateral securing the loans.
 
The Company’s methodology to determine the overall appropriateness of the allowance is based on a classification migration model and qualitative considerations. The migration model examines pools of loans having similar characteristics and analyzes their loss rates over a historical period. The Company assigns loss rates to each loan grade within each pool of loans. Loss rates derived by the migration model are based predominantly on historical loss trends that may not be entirely indicative of the actual or inherent loss potential. As such, the Company utilizes qualitative and environmental factors as adjusting mechanisms to supplement the historical results of the classification migration model. Qualitative considerations include, but are not limited to, prevailing economic or market conditions, relative risk profiles of various loan segments, volume concentrations, growth trends, delinquency and nonaccrual status, problem loan trends, and geographic concentrations. Qualitative and environmental factors are reflected as percentage adjustments and are added to the historical loss rates derived from the classified asset migration model to determine the appropriate allowance for each loan pool.
 
When determined uncollectible, it is the Company’s policy to promptly charge-off the difference in the outstanding loan balance and the fair value of the collateral or the discounted value of expected cashflows. Recoveries are recorded when payment is received on loans that were previously charged-off through the allowance for loan losses. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one segment of the loan portfolio does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other segments.

The following tables present a summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses on non-covered loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:
 
 
CRE
 
C&I
 
Residential
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 

Beginning balance
 
$
64,677

 
$
115,184

 
$
50,717

 
$
11,352

 
$

 
$
241,930

 Provision for (reversal of) loan losses
 
6,107

 
40,371

 
(8,168
)
 
4,240

 
1,575

 
44,125

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit
 

 

 

 

 
(1,575
)
 
(1,575
)
Charge-offs
 
(3,294
)
(1) 
(29,592
)
 
(1,103
)
 
(5,793
)
 

 
(39,782
)
Recoveries
 
1,982

 
8,635

 
2,410

 
449

 

 
13,476

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
 
(1,312
)
 
(20,957
)
 
1,307

 
(5,344
)
 

 
(26,306
)
Ending balance
 
$
69,472

 
$
134,598

 
$
43,856

 
$
10,248

 
$

 
$
258,174

Ending balance allocated to:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
3,487

 
$
15,202

 
$
774

 
$
1

 
$

 
$
19,464

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
65,695

 
119,396

 
43,082

 
10,247

 

 
238,420

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
 
290

 

 

 

 

 
290

Ending balance
 
$
69,472

 
$
134,598

 
$
43,856

 
$
10,248

 
$

 
$
258,174

 
(1) Includes a charge-off of $523 thousand related to PCI loans acquired from MetroCorp.

112



 
 
CRE
 
C&I
 
Residential
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Beginning balance
 
$
69,856

 
$
105,376

 
$
49,349

 
$
4,801

 
$

 
$
229,382

(Reversal of) provision for loan losses
 
(6,615
)
 
12,821

 
1,918

 
8,055

 
2,157

 
18,336

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit
 

 

 

 

 
(2,157
)
 
(2,157
)
Charge-offs
 
(3,357
)
 
(7,405
)
 
(3,197
)
 
(2,385
)
 

 
(16,344
)
Recoveries
 
4,793

 
4,392

 
2,647

 
881

 

 
12,713

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
 
1,436

 
(3,013
)
 
(550
)
 
(1,504
)
 

 
(3,631
)
Ending balance
 
$
64,677

 
$
115,184

 
$
50,717

 
$
11,352

 
$

 
$
241,930

Ending balance allocated to:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
8,058

 
$
14,539

 
$
1,546

 
$

 
$

 
$
24,143

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
56,619

 
100,645

 
49,171

 
11,352

 

 
217,787

Ending balance
 
$
64,677

 
$
115,184

 
$
50,717

 
$
11,352

 
$

 
$
241,930


 
 
CRE
 
C&I
 
Residential
 
Consumer
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Beginning balance
 
$
66,457

 
$
87,020

 
$
52,180

 
$
4,219

 
$

 
$
209,876

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses
 
20,977

 
35,204

 
3,255

 
2,295

 
(1,563
)
 
60,168

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit
 

 

 

 

 
1,563

 
1,563

Charge-offs
 
(27,060
)
 
(21,818
)
 
(7,700
)
 
(1,824
)
 

 
(58,402
)
Recoveries
 
9,482

 
4,970

 
1,614

 
111

 

 
16,177

Net (chargeoffs) recoveries
 
(17,578
)
 
(16,848
)
 
(6,086
)
 
(1,713
)
 

 
(42,225
)
Ending balance
 
$
69,856

 
$
105,376

 
$
49,349

 
$
4,801

 
$

 
$
229,382

Ending balance allocated to:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
5,561

 
$
2,835

 
$
3,131

 
$

 
$

 
$
11,527

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
64,295

 
102,541

 
46,218

 
4,801

 

 
217,855

Ending balance
 
$
69,856

 
$
105,376

 
$
49,349

 
$
4,801

 
$

 
$
229,382


The following tables present the Company’s recorded investments in total non-covered loans receivable as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 related to each balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment and disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology:
 
 
CRE
 
C&I
 
Residential
 
Consumer
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
65,393

 
$
36,543

 
$
50,925

 
$
1,259

 
$
154,120

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
5,977,437

 
7,796,239

 
4,768,541

 
1,455,384

 
19,997,601

Acquired with deteriorated credit quality
 
91,216

 
5,312

 
1,202

 

 
97,730

Ending balance
 
$
6,134,046

 
$
7,838,094

 
$
4,820,668

 
$
1,456,643

 
$
20,249,451

 
 
 
CRE
 
C&I
 
Residential
 
Consumer
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

 
 

Individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
84,436

 
$
39,527

 
$
56,287

 
$
3,227

 
$
183,477

Collectively evaluated for impairment
 
4,500,641

 
5,320,666

 
4,129,022

 
1,544,511

 
15,494,840

Ending balance
 
$
4,585,077

 
$
5,360,193

 
$
4,185,309

 
$
1,547,738

 
$
15,678,317

 

113



Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments, Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures and Recourse Provisions
 
The allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to these unfunded credit facilities. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors for loans outstanding to these same customers, and the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions amounted to $12.7 million and $11.3 million, respectively. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions are included in the provision for loan losses.
 
Loans serviced for others amounted to $1.19 billion and $1.35 billion as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These represent loans that have either been sold or securitized for which the Company continues to provide servicing or has limited recourse. The majority of these loans were residential and C&I as of December 31, 2014 and residential and CRE as of December 31, 2013. Of the total allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provisions, $2.2 million and $3.2 million pertain to loans that were sold or securitized with recourse as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Accretable Yield
 
The following table presents the changes in the accretable yield for the PCI loans acquired from MetroCorp for the year ended December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
 
 
$

Additions
 
 
 
6,745

Accretion
 
 
 
(4,960
)
Changes in expected cash flows
 
 
 
3,379

Ending Balance
 
 
 
$
5,164



NOTE 10 — AFFORDABLE HOUSING PARTNERSHIPS AND OTHER TAX CREDIT INVESTMENTS
 
The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) encourages banks to meet the credit needs of their communities for housing and other purposes, particularly in neighborhoods with low or moderate incomes.  The Company invests in certain affordable housing limited partnerships that qualify for CRA credits. Such limited partnerships are formed to develop and operate apartment complexes designed as high-quality affordable housing for lower income tenants throughout the United States. Each of the partnerships must meet the regulatory requirements for affordable housing for a minimum 15-year compliance period to fully utilize the tax credits. The Company also invests in other investments that qualify for CRA credits. In addition, the Company invests in eligible projects that qualify for historic and energy tax credits. Investments in these other tax credits help promote the development of renewable energy sources and rehabilitation of historic buildings and economic revitalization of the surrounding areas. 

The Company is not the primary beneficiary in these partnerships and, therefore, is not required to consolidate these entities on its financial statements. Depending on the ownership percentage and the influence the Company has on the limited partnership, the Company uses either the equity method or cost method of accounting. As of December 31, 2014, a majority of these investments are accounted under the equity method. If the partnerships cease to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may be denied for any period in which the projects are not in compliance and a portion of the credits previously taken may be subject to recapture with interest. Investments in affordable housing partnerships, net were $178.7 million and $164.8 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. CRA and other tax credit investments were $110.1 million and $70.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
The Company has unfunded commitments related to the affordable housing and other tax credit investments that are payable on demand. Total unfunded commitments for these investments were $114.7 million and $73.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
 

114



The Company's usage of affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments' federal tax credits totaled $84.8 million, $34.2 million and $18.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Affordable housing and other tax credit investments amortization was $75.7 million, $27.3 million and $18.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company's remaining tax credits approximated $193.8 million as of December 31, 2014.


NOTE 11 GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Goodwill
 
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the carrying amounts of goodwill were $469.4 million and $337.4 million, respectively. The increase of $132.0 million to goodwill was due to the acquisition of MetroCorp as discussed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The Company has identified three business divisions, Retail Banking, Commercial Banking, and Other, that meet the criteria of an operating segment in accordance with GAAP. The Company determined that there were no additional reporting units below each operating segment and therefore the reporting units are equivalent to the operating segments. For complete discussion and disclosure see Note 20 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in this report.
 
The Company performed its annual impairment test as of December 31, 2014 to determine whether and to what extent, if any, recorded goodwill was impaired. The Company uses a combined income and market approach to determine the fair value of the reporting units. Under the income approach, the Company provided a net income projection for the next three years plus a terminal growth rate that was used to calculate the discounted cash flows and the present value of the reporting units. Under the market approach, the fair value was calculated using the current fair values of comparable peer banks of similar size, geographic footprint and focus. The market capitalizations and multiples of these peer banks were used to calculate the market price of the Company and each reporting unit. The fair value was also subject to a control premium adjustment, which is the cost savings that a purchaser of the reporting units could achieve by eliminating duplicative costs. Under the combined income and market approaches, the value from each approach was weighted based on management's perceived risk of each approach to determine the fair value. As a result of this analysis, the Company determined that there was no goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2014 as the fair values of all reporting units exceeded the current carrying amounts of the goodwill. No assurance can be given that goodwill will not be written down in future periods.

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning balance
 
$
337,438

 
$
337,438

Addition from the MetroCorp acquisition(1)
 
131,995

 

Ending Balance
 
$
469,433

 
$
337,438

 (1) Includes $11.0 million of tax and BOLI adjustments recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014.
    
Premiums on Acquired Deposits
 
Premiums on acquired deposits represent the intangible value of depositor relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in various acquisitions. These intangibles are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently as events occur, or as current circumstances and conditions warrant. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the gross carrying amount of premiums on acquired deposits were $108.8 million and $100.2 million, respectively, and the related accumulated amortization totaled $63.5 million and $53.3 million, respectively. A premium on acquired deposits of $8.6 million was recorded due to the acquisition of MetroCorp as discussed in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The weighted-average amortization period related to MetroCorp's premium on acquired deposits is eight years.
 
The Company amortizes premiums on acquired deposits based on the projected useful lives of the related deposits. Amortization expense of premiums on acquired deposits was $10.2 million, $9.4 million and $10.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company did not record any impairment write-downs on deposit premiums for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

115



 
The following table presents the estimated future amortization expense of premiums on acquired deposits for the succeeding five years and thereafter: 
Estimates For The Years Ending December 31,
 
Amount
 
 
(In thousands)
2015
 
$
9,234

2016
 
8,086

2017
 
6,935

2018
 
5,883

2019
 
4,864

Thereafter
 
10,307

Total
 
$
45,309



NOTE 12 CUSTOMER DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS
 
Customer deposit account balances are summarized as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand
 
$
7,381,030

 
$
5,821,899

Interest-bearing checking
 
2,545,618

 
1,749,479

Money market accounts
 
6,318,120

 
5,653,412

Savings deposits
 
1,651,267

 
1,363,780

Total core deposits
 
17,896,035

 
14,588,570

Time deposits:
 
 

 
 

Less than $100,000
 
1,662,046

 
1,678,850

$100,000 or greater
 
4,450,693

 
4,145,498

Total time deposits
 
6,112,739

 
5,824,348

Total deposits
 
$
24,008,774

 
$
20,412,918

 
Time deposits in the $100 thousand or greater category included $133.3 million and $169.7 million of deposits held by the Company’s foreign branch located in Hong Kong as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
 
 
$100,000 or
Greater
 
Less Than
$100,000
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
2015
 
$
3,513,958

 
$
1,397,648

 
$
4,911,606

2016
 
318,791

 
164,061

 
482,852

2017
 
189,195

 
44,944

 
234,139

2018
 
168,252

 
34,579

 
202,831

2019
 
142,492

 
20,782

 
163,274

Thereafter
 
118,005

 
32

 
118,037

Total
 
$
4,450,693

 
$
1,662,046

 
$
6,112,739

 

116



As of December 31, 2014, time deposits within the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) program decreased to $180.0 million, compared to $203.3 million at December 31, 2013. The CDARS program allows customers with deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits to obtain full coverage on time deposits through a network of banks within the CDARS program. Additionally, the Company has partnered with another financial institution and offers a retail sweep product for non-time deposit accounts to provide added deposit insurance coverage for deposits in excess of FDIC-insured limits. Deposits gathered through these programs are considered brokered deposits under current regulatory reporting guidelines.


NOTE 13 FHLB ADVANCES AND LONG-TERM DEBT
 
FHLB AdvancesTotal carrying amounts of FHLB advances were $317.2 million and $315.1 million with weighted average interest rates of 0.58% and 0.61%, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, FHLB advances that matures during the next five years are as follows: 2015 to 2018 — $0 million; 2019 — $79.4 million; 2020 and thereafter — $237.8 million. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, FHLB advances had interest rates ranging from 0.40% to 0.64%, which are floating and reset monthly or quarterly based on LIBOR. There were no outstanding overnight borrowings as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. All advances as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were secured by real estate loans.
 
The Company’s available borrowing capacity from FHLB totaled $5.54 billion and $3.70 billion as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company’s available borrowing capacity from the FHLB is derived from its portfolio of loans that are pledged to the FHLB deducted by its outstanding FHLB advances. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had additional available borrowing capacity of $3.03 billion and $1.42 billion, respectively, from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window derived from its portfolio of loans that are pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank.

Long-Term Debt

The following table presents the components of long-term debt as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 

December 31,
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Junior subordinated debt
 
$
145,848

 
$
126,868

Term loan
 
80,000

 
100,000

Total long-term debt
 
$
225,848

 
$
226,868


Junior Subordinated Debt—As of December 31, 2014, the Company has six statutory business trusts for the purpose of issuing junior subordinated debt to third party investors. The junior subordinated debt was issued in connection with the Company's various pooled trust preferred securities offerings. Junior subordinated debt is recorded as a component of long-term debt and considers the value of the common stock issued by the Trusts to the Company in conjunction with these transactions. The common stock is recorded in other assets for the amount issued in connection with these junior subordinated debt issuances. Junior subordinated debt outstanding, issued by the Trusts to the Company, totaled $148.0 million as of December 31, 2014, compared to $123.0 million as of December 31, 2013. During 2014, the junior subordinated debt of one statutory business trust for $10.0 million, with related common stock of $310 thousand, was redeemed in order to reduce higher interest-bearing debt and due to the phase-out of trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital. This decrease was offset by a junior subordinated debt recorded due to the acquisition of MetroCorp during the first quarter of 2014. As of December 31, 2014, the MetroCorp junior subordinated debt was $35.0 million, before reduction of a purchase accounting adjustment of $6.8 million, with related common stock of $1.1 million. The total related common stock outstanding, issued by the Trusts to the Company amounted to $4.6 million and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
The proceeds from these issuances represent liabilities of the Company to the Trusts and are reported in the consolidated balance sheets as a component of long-term debt. Interest payments on these securities are made either quarterly or semi-annually and are deductible for tax purposes. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, bank holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets are no longer able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital following a phase-out period, which commenced in 2013 with phase-out complete by 2016. The junior subordinated debt is being phased out 25% each year, over the four year period, from Tier I capital into Tier II capital for regulatory purposes.


117



The following table summarizes pertinent information related to outstanding junior subordinated debt issued by each Trust as of December 31, 2014 and 2013
Trust Name
 
Maturity Date (1)
 
Stated
Interest Rate
 
Rate as of
December 31, 2014
 

December 31,
 
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ in thousands)
East West Capital Trust IV
 
July 2034
 
3-month Libor + 2.55%
 

 
$

 
$
10,000

East West Capital Trust V
 
November 2034
 
3-month Libor + 1.80%
 
2.03
%
 
15,000

 
15,000

East West Capital Trust VI
 
September 2035
 
3-month Libor + 1.50%
 
1.74
%
 
20,000

 
20,000

East West Capital Trust VII
 
June 2036
 
3-month Libor + 1.35%
 
1.59
%
 
30,000

 
30,000

East West Capital Trust VIII
 
June 2037
 
3-month Libor + 1.40%
 
1.64
%
 
18,000

 
18,000

East West Capital Trust IX
 
September 2037
 
3-month Libor + 1.90%
 
2.14
%
 
30,000

 
30,000

Metro Bank Trust
 
December 2035
 
3-month Libor + 1.55%
 
1.79
%
 
35,000

 

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
148,000

 
$
123,000

(1)
All of the above debt instruments are subject to various call options.

Term Loan—In 2013, the Company entered into a three-year term loan agreement for $100.0 million. The three-year term loan is payable in quarterly installments of $5.0 million starting on March 31, 2014 and with a $50.0 million final repayment at maturity on July 1, 2016. The interest rate was 1.81% as of December 31, 2014, which is based on the three-month LIBOR plus 150 basis points. The outstanding balance of the term loan was $80.0 million and $100.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The term loan is included in long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

 
NOTE 14 INCOME TAXES
 
Provision for income taxes was $73.0 million in 2014, representing an effective tax rate of 17.6%, compared to $130.8 million, representing an effective tax rate of 30.7% and $143.9 million, representing an effective tax rate of 33.8% for 2013 and 2012, respectively. The lower effective tax rate in 2014 compared to 2013 and 2012, was mainly due to the additional purchases of affordable housing, historic and renewable energy tax credit investments. Included in the income tax expense recognized during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $85.7 million, $35.0 million and $18.7 million, respectively, of tax credits generated mainly from investments in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments.
 
Management regularly reviews the Company’s tax positions and deferred tax assets. Factors considered in this analysis include future reversals of existing temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing differences, taxable income in prior carryback years, and tax planning strategies. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach, the objective of which is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at enacted rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized and settled. Based on the available evidence, Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that all of the benefit of the deferred tax assets will be realized, with the exception of the deferred tax assets related to certain state NOL carryforwards. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been recorded for these amounts.
 
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $384.4 million and $255.5 million, respectively.


118



The following table presents the components of provision for income taxes for the years indicated: 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands)
Current income tax expense:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Federal
 
$
153,211

 
$
131,236

 
$
148,572

State
 
70,527

 
44,389

 
2,316

Foreign
 
3,846

 
208

 
5,704

Total current income tax expense
 
227,584

 
175,833

 
156,592

Deferred income tax benefit:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Federal
 
(116,241
)
 
(32,963
)
 
(38,749
)
State
 
(37,665
)
 
(13,677
)
 
26,099

Foreign
 
(706
)
 
1,612

 

Total deferred income tax benefit
 
(154,612
)
 
(45,028
)
 
(12,650
)
Provision for income taxes
 
$
72,972

 
$
130,805

 
$
143,942

 
 
The difference between the effective tax rate implicit in the consolidated financial statements and the statutory federal income tax rate can be attributed to the following:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Federal income tax provision at statutory rate
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
State franchise taxes, net of federal tax effect
 
5.1

 
4.7

 
4.3

Tax credits
 
(21.5
)
 
(8.4
)
 
(5.3
)
Other, net
 
(1.0
)
 
(0.6
)
 
(0.2
)
Effective income tax rate
 
17.6
 %
 
30.7
 %
 
33.8
 %
 

119



The Company recognizes investment tax credits from low income housing and other investments in the year the credit arises under the flow-through method of accounting. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are presented below:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
Federal
 
State
 
Foreign
 
Total
 
Federal
 
State
 
Foreign
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Core deposit intangibles
 
$
(15,748
)
 
$
(4,513
)
 
$

 
$
(20,261
)
 
$
(16,422
)
 
$
(4,642
)
 
$

 
$
(21,064
)
Affordable housing partnerships and other investments
 

 

 

 

 
(14,158
)
 
(1,730
)
 

 
(15,888
)
Fixed assets
 
(16,615
)
 
(4,101
)
 

 
(20,716
)
 
(15,594
)
 
(3,879
)
 

 
(19,473
)
Federal Housing Loan Bank stock
 
(5,064
)
 
(1,475
)
 

 
(6,539
)
 
(11,337
)
 
(3,224
)
 

 
(14,561
)
Deferred loan fees
 
(1,587
)
 
(454
)
 

 
(2,041
)
 
(1,976
)
 
(557
)
 

 
(2,533
)
Purchased loan discounts
 
(51
)
 
(15
)
 

 
(66
)
 
(98
)
 
(28
)
 

 
(126
)
State taxes
 
(8,244
)
 

 

 
(8,244
)
 
(1,079
)
 

 

 
(1,079
)
Section 597 gain
 
(2,063
)
 
(64
)
 

 
(2,127
)
 
(48,370
)
 
(1,317
)
 

 
(49,687
)
FDIC receivable
 

 

 

 

 
(245,907
)
 
(6,695
)
 

 
(252,602
)
Acquired debt
 
(2,237
)
 
1,369

 

 
(868
)
 
(10,812
)
 
(1,042
)
 

 
(11,854
)
Other, net
 
(1,652
)
 
(473
)
 

 
(2,125
)
 
(6,805
)
 
923

 

 
(5,882
)
Total gross deferred tax (liabilities)
 
(53,261
)
 
(9,726
)
 

 
(62,987
)
 
(372,558
)
 
(22,191
)
 

 
(394,749
)
Deferred tax assets:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Affordable housing partnerships and other investments
 
1,768

 
4,870

 

 
6,638

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses and REO reserves
 
93,749

 
23,615

 
1,409

 
118,773

 
93,018

 
23,046

 

 
116,064

FDIC receivable and clawback
 
36,630

 
11,736

 

 
48,366

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation
 
16,505

 
4,785

 

 
21,290

 
13,322

 
3,824

 

 
17,146

Mortgage servicing assets
 
2,570

 
735

 

 
3,305

 
287

 
81

 

 
368

Purchased loan premium
 
292

 
84

 

 
376

 
424

 
120

 

 
544

Unrealized loss on securities
 
42,737

 
12,638

 

 
55,375

 
62,535

 
19,177

 

 
81,712

Acquired loans and REOs
 
139,360

 
36,678

 
256

 
176,294

 
366,290

 
26,959

 
959

 
394,208

Other, net
 
12,189

 
4,967

 
97

 
17,253

 
30,768

 
9,709

 
97

 
40,574

Total gross deferred tax assets
 
345,800

 
100,108

 
1,762

 
447,670

 
566,644

 
82,916

 
1,056

 
650,616

Valuation allowance
 

 
(316
)
 

 
(316
)
 

 
(337
)
 

 
(337
)
Net deferred tax assets
 
$
292,539

 
$
90,066

 
$
1,762

 
$
384,367

 
$
194,086

 
$
60,388

 
$
1,056

 
$
255,530

 
Management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets recorded as of December 31, 2014 will be realized (except to the extent of the recorded valuation allowance) because it expects to have sufficient taxable income in future years to fully realize them. A valuation allowance has been provided for the state NOLs (for states other than California, Georgia, Massachusetts and New York) since management believes that these NOLs may not be fully utilized. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4.0 million. Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet presented earlier in this report.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company's unrecognized tax benefits:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
Beginning Balance
 
$
4,677

 
$
3,457

Additions for tax positions of prior years
 
343

 
232

Reductions for tax positions of prior years
 

 

Additions for tax positions of current year
 


 
988

Settlements
 

 

Ending Balance
 
$
5,020

 
$
4,677

 

120



For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company increased the unrecognized tax benefits reserve by $343 thousand and $1.2 million, respectively, for the California enterprise zone net interest deduction. There were no reductions in unrecognized tax benefits for 2014. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the liability for uncertain tax positions was $7.2 million and $6.3 million, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets presented earlier in this report. Also, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate is $3.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
During 2014, the Company closed the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) examination of the 2012 tax year with no material changes. Every year, subsequent to 2012, the Company has executed a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with the IRS to voluntarily participate in the IRS Compliance Assurance Process (“CAP”) where the IRS will assist the Company in identifying and resolving any tax issues that may arise throughout the tax year. The objective of the CAP is to resolve issues in a timely and contemporaneous manner and eliminate the need for a lengthy post-filing examination. The 2013 and 2012 tax return filed in September 2014 and September 2013, respectively received a full acceptance of all tax matters from the IRS. The Company has entered a MOU with the IRS for the 2014 and 2015 tax years. For federal tax purposes, tax years from 2011 and beyond remain open. For California franchise tax purposes, tax years from 2003 and beyond remain open. The states of Alabama, New York and Ohio have initiated audits of East West Bank’s corporate income tax returns through the 2012 tax year. The Company does not believe that the outcome of unresolved issues or claims in any tax jurisdiction is likely to be material to the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations. The Company further believes that adequate provisions have been made for all income tax uncertainties. The Company does not anticipate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change for the year ended December 31, 2015.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if applicable, related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company accrued interest and penalties of $597 thousand, ($744) thousand and $1.2 million for its unrecognized tax positions as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total interest and penalties accrued as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $2.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets presented earlier in this report.


NOTE 15 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Credit Extensions — In the normal course of business, the Company has various outstanding commitments to extend credit that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. While the Company does not anticipate losses as a result of these transactions, commitments to extend credit are included in determining the appropriate level of the allowance for unfunded commitments and credit exposures.
 
Loan commitments are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Because many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future funding requirements. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, undisbursed loan commitments amounted to $3.87 billion and $4.02 billion, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 all undisbursed loan commitments are for loans held for investment.

Commercial letters of credit are issued to facilitate domestic and foreign trade transactions while standby letters of credit (“SBLCs”) are issued to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, commercial and SBLC totaled $1.25 billion and $1.16 billion, respectively. The Company issues SBLC and financial guarantees to support the obligations of its customers to beneficiaries. Based on historical trends, the probability that it will have to make payments under SBLC is low. Additionally, in many cases, the Company holds collateral in various forms against these SBLC. As part of its risk management activities, the Company monitors the creditworthiness of the customer as well as its SBLC exposure; however, if the customer fails to perform the specified obligation to the beneficiary, the beneficiary may draw upon the SBLC by presenting documents that are in compliance with the letter of credit terms. In that event, the Company either repays the money borrowed or advanced, makes payment on account of the indebtedness of the customer or makes payment on account of the default by the customer in the performance of an obligation, to the beneficiary up to the full notional amount of the SBLC. The customer is obligated to reimburse the Company for any such payment. If the customer fails to pay, the Company would, as applicable, liquidate collateral and/or set off accounts.
 
Credit card lines are unsecured commitments that are not legally binding. Management reviews credit card lines at least annually and, upon evaluation of the customers’ creditworthiness, the Bank has the right to terminate or change certain terms of the credit card lines.
 

121



The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as in extending loan facilities to customers. It evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.
 
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the allowance for unfunded loan commitments, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and recourse provision amounted to $12.7 million and $11.3 million, respectively. These amounts are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
Guarantees — In prior years, the Company sold or securitized loans with recourse in the ordinary course of business. For loans that have been sold or securitized with recourse, the recourse component is considered a guarantee. As such, the Company is committed to stand ready to perform if the loan defaults and to make payments to remedy the default. As of December 31, 2014, the maximum potential future payment, which is generally the unpaid principal balance of total loans sold or securitized with recourse amounted to $249.8 million and were comprised of $35.5 million in single-family loans with full recourse and $214.3 million in multifamily loans with limited recourse. In comparison, total loans sold or securitized with recourse amounted to $338.8 million as of December 31, 2013, comprised of $42.2 million in single-family loans with full recourse and $296.6 million in multifamily loans with limited recourse. The recourse provision on multifamily loans varies by loan sale and is limited to 4% of the top loss on the underlying loans. The Company’s recourse reserve related to loan sales and securitizations totaled $2.2 million and $3.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company continues to experience minimal losses from the single-family and multifamily loan portfolios sold or securitized with recourse.
 
The Company also sells or securitizes loans without recourse that may have to be subsequently repurchased if a defect that occurred during the loan origination process results in a violation of a representation or warranty made in connection with the securitization or sale of the loan. When a loan sold or securitized to an investor without recourse fails to perform according to its contractual terms, the investor will typically review the loan file to determine whether defects in the origination process occurred and if such defects give rise to a violation of a representation or warranty made to the investor in connection with the sale or securitization. If such a defect is identified, the Company may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained. If there are no such defects, the Company has no commitment to repurchase the loan. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of loans sold without recourse totaled $781.4 million and $818.2 million, respectively. Total loans securitized without recourse amounted to $162.8 million and $193.8 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The loans sold or securitized without recourse represent the unpaid principal balance of the Company’s loans serviced for others portfolio.
 
Lease Commitments — The Company conducts a portion of its operations utilizing leased premises and equipment under operating leases. Rental expense amounted to $26.2 million, $26.2 million and $22.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases are estimated as follows:
Estimates For The Years Ending December 31,
 
Amount
 
 
(In thousands)
2015
 
$
24,076

2016
 
19,239

2017
 
14,957

2018
 
11,389

2019
 
9,950

Thereafter
 
30,910

Total
 
$
110,521

 

122



Litigation — In the ordinary course of the Company’s business, the Company is a party to various legal actions, which the Company believes are incidental to the operation of our business. In accordance with ASC 450, Contingencies, the Company accrues reserves for currently outstanding lawsuits, claims and proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the liability can be reasonably estimated. The outcome of litigation and other legal and regulatory matters is inherently uncertain, and it is possible that one or more of the legal or regulatory matters, if any, currently pending or threatened could have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity, consolidated financial position, and/or results of operations. Based on the information currently available, advice of counsel and established reserves, the Company believes that the eventual outcome of the matters described below, will not, individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.

On September 8, 2014, a jury in the case titled “F&F, LLC and 618 Investment, Inc. v. East West Bank,” Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles, Case No. BC462714, delivered a verdict in favor of plaintiff F&F, LLC, which was adjusted down by the court on December 18, 2014 to the amount of $36.6 million.  The case is subject to further legal proceedings including appeal.  The Company continues to appeal but has accrued based on the unfavorable verdict.  As of December 31, 2014, a litigation accrual of $31.6 million has been recorded.

Other Commitments — The Company has commitments to invest in affordable housing partnerships and other tax credit investments qualifying for community reinvestment tax credits or other types of tax credits. These commitments are payable on demand. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 these commitments were $114.7 million and $73.1 million, respectively. These commitments are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. 


NOTE 16 STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
 
The Company issues stock options and restricted stock awards to employees under share-based compensation plans. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, total compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock awards reduced income before taxes by $13.9 million, $13.5 million and $12.7 million, respectively. The net tax benefit recognized in equity for stock compensation plans was $6.5 million, $5.5 million, and $462 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2014, there are 3,715,327 shares available to be issued, subject to the Company’s current 1998 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended.
 
Stock Options — The Company issues fixed stock options to certain employees, officers, and directors. Stock options are issued at the current market price on the date of grant with a three-year or four-year vesting period and contractual terms of 7 or 10 years. The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of stock options.
 
The following table presents the activity for the Company’s stock options as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014:
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)
Outstanding at beginning of year
 
406,731

 
$
26.72

 
 
 
 

Granted
 

 

 
 
 
 

Exercised
 
(234,101
)
 
21.09

 
 
 
 

Forfeited
 
(130,514
)
 
38.76

 
 
 
 

Outstanding at end of year
 
42,116

 
$
20.75

 
0.19 years
 
$
757

Vested or expected to vest at year-end
 
42,116

 
$
20.75

 
0.19 years
 
$
757

Exercisable at year-end
 
42,116

 
$
20.75

 
0.19 years
 
$
757



123



The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: (1) the expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) of stock options granted is estimated using the historical exercise behavior of employees; (2) the expected volatility is based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected term; (3) the expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s prevailing dividend rate at the time of grant; and (4) the risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury strips in effect at the time of grant equal to the stock option’s expected term. The Company did not issue any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012

The Company received $4.9 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, in cash proceeds from stock option exercises. The net tax benefit recognized from stock option exercises was $1.4 million for 2014 compared to $48 thousand for 2013.
  
The following table presents information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2014:
 
 
Options Outstanding
 
Options Exercisable
Range of
Exercise Prices
 
Number of
Outstanding
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
 
Number of
Exercisable
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
$10.00 to $14.99
 
2,365

 
$
14.95

 
1.02 years
 
2,365

 
$
14.95

$20.00 to $24.99
 
39,751

 
$
21.09

 
0.14 years
 
39,751

 
$
21.09

$10.00 to $24.99
 
42,116

 
$
20.75

 
0.19 years
 
42,116

 
$
20.75

 
The following table presents information related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Total intrinsic value of options exercised (in thousands)
 
$
3,546

 
$
926

 
$
978

Total fair value of options vested (in thousands)
 
$

 
$
363

 
$
3,717


As of December 31, 2013 all stock options are fully vested and all compensation cost related to stock options have been recognized.
 
Restricted Stock Awards — In addition to stock options, the Company also grants restricted stock awards to directors, officers and employees. The restricted stock awards fully vest after three to five years of continued employment from the date of grant; some of the awards are also subject to achievement of certain established financial goals. The Company becomes entitled to an income tax deduction in an amount equal to the taxable income reported by the holders of the restricted stock when the restrictions are released and the shares are issued. Restricted stock awards are forfeited if officers and employees terminate employment prior to the lapsing of restrictions or if established financial goals are not achieved. The Company records forfeitures of issued restricted stock as treasury share repurchases.

The following table presents a summary of the activity for the Company’s time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2014, including changes during the year then ended:
 
 
2014
 
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
 
Time-Based
 
Performance-Based
 
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Price
 
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Price
Outstanding at beginning of year
 
438,508

 
$
17.79

 
956,707

 
$
23.74

Granted
 
43,210

 
33.19

 
603,697

 
36.85

Vested
 
(343,722
)
 
15.91

 
(340,866
)
 
23.52

Forfeited
 
(30,733
)
 
21.21

 
(57,228
)
 
29.71

Outstanding at end of year
 
107,263

 
$
29.01

 
1,162,310

 
$
30.32

 
During 2014 there were no restricted stock grants to outside directors.

124



 
Restricted stock awards are valued at the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of award. The weighted average fair values of time-based restricted stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $33.19, $28.55 and $21.66, respectively. The weighted average fair value of performance-based restricted stock awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $36.85, $25.25 and $22.05, respectively. The total fair value of time-based restricted stock awards vested during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $12.2 million, $29.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively. The total fair value of performance-based restricted stock award vested during 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $12.6 million, $4.4 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2014, total unrecognized compensation cost related to time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards amounted to $2.3 million and $21.7 million, respectively. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.55 years and 1.93 years, respectively.
 
Stock Purchase Plan — The Company adopted the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) providing eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries participation in the ownership of the Company through the right to purchase shares of its common stock at a discount. The Purchase Plan allows employees to purchase shares at 90% of the per share market price at the date of exercise, with an annual common stock value purchase limitation of $25,000. As of December 31, 2014, the Purchase Plan qualifies as a non-compensatory plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code and, accordingly, no compensation expense is recognized under the Purchase Plan.
 
The Purchase Plan covers a total of 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. During 2014 and 2013, 58,587 shares totaling $1.9 million and 53,015 shares totaling $1.4 million, respectively, were sold to employees under the Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 2014, there were 694,713 shares available under the Purchase Plan.


NOTE 17 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan for the benefit of its employees. The Company’s contributions to the plan are determined annually by the Board of Directors in accordance with plan requirements. For tax purposes, eligible participants may contribute up to the dollar limit imposed by the Internal Revenue Service each year. For plan years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company contributed $5.9 million, $4.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

During 2002, the Company adopted a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The SERP meets the definition of a pension plan per ASC 715-30, Compensation—Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans—Pension, pursuant to which the Company will pay supplemental pension benefits to certain executive officers designated by the Board of Directors upon retirement based upon the officers’ years of service and compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, $583 thousand, $644 thousand and $787 thousand, respectively, of benefits were accrued. The SERP is funded through life insurance contracts on the participating officers, though the plan does not require formal funding. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the life insurance contracts related to the SERP had an aggregate cash surrender value of $31.4 million and $45.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the vested benefit obligation under the SERP was less than the cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts respectively.
 

NOTE 18 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
Series A Preferred Stock Offering — In April 2008, the Company issued 200,000 shares of 8% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (“Series A”), with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The Company received $194.1 million of additional Tier 1 qualifying capital, after deducting stock issuance costs. On May 1, 2013, the Company exercised its mandatory conversion right related to all the outstanding shares of its Series A preferred stock. At the conversion date, the remaining 85,710 shares of outstanding Series A Preferred Stock were converted to 5,594,080 shares of common stock.
 
MetroCorp Acquisition — On January 17, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of MetroCorp. The final consideration included 5,583,093 shares of East West common stock, $89.4 million of cash, $2.4 million of additional cash to MetroCorp stock option holders and a MetroCorp warrant, fair valued at $8.8 million, assumed by the Company.  Prior to the acquisition, MetroCorp had an outstanding warrant to purchase 771,429 shares of its common stock.  At acquisition, the rights of the warrant holder were converted into the right to acquire 230,282 shares of East West’s common stock. The warrant has not been exercised as of December 31, 2014.
 

125



Stock Repurchase Program — On January 23, 2013, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to buy back up to $200.0 million of the Company's common stock. During 2013, the Company completed the authorized repurchased program, repurchasing 8,026,807 shares at a weighted average price of $24.89 per share for a total cost of $200.0 million.

On July 17, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to buy back up to $100.0 million of the Company’s common stock. The Company did not repurchase any shares under this program during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

On January 19, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to buy back up to $200.0 million of the Company’s common stock. During 2012, the Company completed the authorized repurchase program, repurchasing 9,068,105 shares at a weighted average price of $22.02 per share and a total cost of $199.9 million.

Quarterly Dividends — The Company paid quarterly dividends on its common stock of $0.18 per share for each quarter of 2014. In comparison, the Company paid quarterly dividends on its common stock of $0.15 and $0.10 per share for each quarter of 2013 and 2012. Total dividends amounting to $104.0 million, $83.3 million and $57.6 million were paid to the Company’s common stockholders during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company’s Board of Directors declared and paid quarterly preferred stock cash dividends of $20.00 per share on its Series A preferred stock in 2013 and 2012. Cash dividends totaling $3.4 million and $6.9 million were paid to the Company’s Series A preferred stock stockholders during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. The Series A preferred stock were converted into common stock on May 1, 2013.
    
Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) — Certain of the Company’s instruments containing rights to nonforfeitable dividends granted in stock-based payment transactions are considered participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, have been included in the earnings allocations in computing basic and diluted EPS under the two-class method. Basic EPS was computed by dividing net income, net of income allocated to participating securities, by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during each period, net of treasury shares and including vested but unissued shares and share units. The computation of diluted EPS reflects the additional dilutive effect of common stock equivalents such as unvested stock awards and stock options.


126



The following tables present earnings per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:
  
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
Net Income
 
Number of Shares
 
Per Share Amounts
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income
 
$
342,483

 
 

 
 

Less:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Preferred stock dividends
 

 
 

 
 

Earnings allocated to participating securities
 
(502
)
 
 

 
 

Basic EPS — income allocated to common stockholders
 
$
341,981

 
142,952

 
$
2.39

Effect of dilutive securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Stock options
 

 
67

 
 

Restricted stock units
 
287

 
398

 
 

Convertible preferred stock
 

 

 
 

Warrants
 

 
146

 
 

Diluted EPS — income allocated to common stockholders
 
$
342,268

 
143,563

 
$
2.38

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013
 

Net Income

Number of Shares

Per Share Amounts
 

(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income

$
295,045


 


 

Less:

 


 


 

Preferred stock dividends

(3,428
)

 


 

Earnings allocated to participating securities

(1,692
)

 


 

Basic EPS — income allocated to common stockholders

$
289,925


137,342


$
2.11

Effect of dilutive securities:

 


 


 

Stock options



71


 

Restricted stock units

196


327


 

Convertible preferred stock

3,428


1,834


 

Diluted EPS — income allocated to common stockholders

$
293,549


139,574


$
2.10


 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
Net Income
 
Number of Shares
 
Per Share Amounts
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Net income
 
$
281,650

 
 

 
 

Less:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Preferred stock dividends
 
(6,857
)
 
 

 
 

Earnings allocated to participating securities
 
(3,279
)
 
 

 
 

Basic EPS — income allocated to common stockholders
 
$
271,514

 
141,457

 
$
1.92

Effect of dilutive securities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Stock options
 

 
29

 
 

Restricted stock units
 
47

 
118

 
 

Convertible preferred stock
 
6,857

 
5,571

 
 

Diluted EPS — income allocated to common stockholders
 
$
278,418

 
147,175

 
$
1.89



127



The following table presents the weighted-average stock options outstanding and restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively, that were anti-dilutive, and therefore not included in the computation of diluted EPS:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands)
Stock options
 
20

 
177

 
340

Restricted stock units
 
7

 
10

 
5

 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) — As of December 31, 2014, total accumulated other comprehensive income was $4.2 million which includes the following components: net unrealized gains on securities available for sale of $4.2 million and net unrealized losses on other investments of $61 thousand. As of December 31, 2013, total accumulated other comprehensive loss was $(30.5) million which includes the following components: net unrealized losses on securities available for sale of $(30.5) million and unrealized gains on other investments of $79 thousand. As of December 31, 2012, total accumulated other comprehensive income was $4.7 million which includes the following components: net unrealized gains on securities available for sale of $4.6 million, and unrealized gains on other investments of $26 thousand.
 
The accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances were as follows:
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Year Ended December 31,
 
Investment
Securities
Available-for-Sale
 
Other
Investments
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
 
Investment
Securities
Available-for-Sale
 
Other
Investments
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Investment
Securities
Available-for-Sale
 
Other
Investments
 
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Balance, beginning of the period
 
$
(30,538
)
 
$
79

 
$
(30,459
)
 
$
4,643

 
$
26

 
$
4,669

 
$
(34,848
)
 
$
8

 
$
900

 
$
(33,940
)
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during period
 
41,008

 
(97
)
 
40,911

 
(28,169
)
 
336

 
(27,833
)
 
42,868

 
31

 

 
42,899

Less: reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net income
 
(6,294
)
 
79

 
(6,215
)
 
(7,012
)
 
(283
)
 
(7,295
)
 
(439
)
 
(13
)
 

 
(452
)
Net unrealized gains (losses)
 
34,714

 
(18
)
 
34,696

 
(35,181
)
 
53

 
(35,128
)
 
42,429

 
18

 

 
42,447

Noncredit-related impairment loss on securities
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(2,938
)
 

 

 
(2,938
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(900
)
 
(900
)
Balance, end of the period
 
$
4,176

 
$
61

 
$
4,237

 
$
(30,538
)
 
$
79

 
$
(30,459
)
 
$
4,643

 
$
26

 
$

 
$
4,669



128



The components of other comprehensive income (loss), reclassifications to net income by income statement line item and the related tax effects were as follows:
 
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Year Ended December 31,
 
Before-Tax
Amount
 
Tax
Expense
or Benefit
 
Net-of-Tax
Amount
 
Before-Tax
Amount
 
Tax
Expense
or Benefit
 
Net-of-Tax
Amount
 
Before-Tax
Amount
 
Tax
Expense
or Benefit
 
Net-of-Tax
Amount
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Unrealized gains (losses) on investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during period
 
$
70,704

 
$
(29,696
)
 
$
41,008

 
$
(48,567
)
 
$
20,398

 
$
(28,169
)
 
$
73,910

 
$
(31,042
)
 
$
42,868

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income (1)
 
(10,851
)
 
4,557

 
(6,294
)
 
(12,089
)
 
5,077

 
(7,012
)
 
(757
)
 
318

 
(439
)
Net unrealized gains (losses)
 
59,853

 
(25,139
)
 
34,714

 
(60,656
)
 
25,475

 
(35,181
)
 
73,153

 
(30,724
)
 
42,429

Noncredit-related impairment loss on securities
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(5,066
)
 
2,128

 
(2,938
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(1,552
)
 
652

 
(900
)
Unrealized (losses) gains on other investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized (losses) gains arising during period
 
(167
)
 
70

 
(97
)
 
579

 
(243
)
 
336

 
53

 
(22
)
 
31

Less: reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in income (2)
 
136

 
(57
)
 
79

 
(488
)
 
205

 
(283
)
 
(23
)
 
10

 
(13
)
Net unrealized (losses) gains
 
(31
)
 
13

 
(18
)
 
91

 
(38
)
 
53

 
30

 
(12
)
 
18

Other comprehensive income (loss)
 
$
59,822

 
$
(25,126
)
 
$
34,696

 
$
(60,565
)
 
$
25,437

 
$
(35,128
)
 
$
66,565

 
$
(27,956
)
 
$
38,609

(1)
The pretax amount is reported in net gains on sales of investment securities in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)
The pretax income is reported in dividend and other investment income in the consolidated statements of income.


NOTE 19 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
 
Capital Adequacy The Bank is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Reserve Bank is the Bank’s primary regulator. The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. These requirements are based upon the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 requires that the federal regulatory agencies adopt regulations defining capital tiers for banks: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company and the Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain specific Basel I total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. The Company believes that no changes in conditions or events have occurred since December 31, 2014, which would result in changes that would cause the Company or the Bank to fall below the well capitalized level.

129



The following table presents the regulatory capital information of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:
 
 
Actual
 
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ in thousands)
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2014
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company
 
$
2,753,598

 
12.6
%
 
$
1,754,519

 
8.0
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

East West Bank
 
$
2,590,174

 
11.8
%
 
$
1,750,006

 
8.0
%
 
$
2,187,508

 
10.0
%
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company
 
$
2,405,452

 
11.0
%
 
$
877,259

 
4.0
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

East West Bank
 
$
2,316,615

 
10.6
%
 
$
875,003

 
4.0
%
 
$
1,312,505

 
6.0
%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company
 
$
2,405,452

 
8.4
%
 
$
1,140,045

 
4.0
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

East West Bank
 
$
2,316,615

 
8.2
%
 
$
1,136,734

 
4.0
%
 
$
1,420,917

 
5.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company
 
$
2,395,109

 
13.5
%
 
$
1,416,203

 
8.0
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

East West Bank
 
$
2,262,494

 
12.9
%
 
$
1,407,944

 
8.0
%
 
$
1,759,931

 
10.0
%
Tier I Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company
 
$
2,102,476

 
11.9
%
 
$
708,102

 
4.0
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

East West Bank
 
$
2,041,894

 
11.6
%
 
$
703,972

 
4.0
%
 
$
1,055,958

 
6.0
%
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets)
 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

 
 

Company
 
$
2,102,476

 
8.6
%
 
$
976,596

 
4.0
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

East West Bank
 
$
2,041,894

 
8.4
%
 
$
973,958

 
4.0
%
 
$
1,217,448

 
5.0
%
 
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies with more than $15 billion in total consolidated assets are no longer able to include trust preferred securities as Tier I regulatory capital which commenced in 2013 with phase-out complete in 2016. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, trust preferred securities comprised 3.1% and 4.4%, respectively, of the Company’s Basel I Tier I capital.
 
In July 2013, the FRB published final rules (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The final rules apply to all depository institutions and top-tier bank holding companies with assets of $500 million or more. The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to phase-in periods for certain of their components).
Reserve Requirement — The Bank is required to maintain a percentage of its deposits as reserves at the Federal Reserve Bank. The daily average reserve requirement was approximately $325.7 million and $218.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 


130



NOTE 20 SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company utilizes an internal reporting system to measure the performance of various operating segments within the Bank and the Company. The Company has identified three operating segments for purposes of management reporting: 1) Retail Banking; 2) Commercial Banking; and 3) Other. These three business divisions meet the criteria of an operating segment: the segment engages in business activities from which it earns revenues and incurs expenses and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision-maker to render decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance and for which discrete financial information is available. The acquisition of MetroCorp has been reflected in the three business operating segments, as applicable, as of December 31, 2014.
 
The Retail Banking segment focuses primarily on retail operations through the Bank’s branch network. The Commercial Banking segment, which includes CRE, primarily generates commercial loans through the efforts of the commercial lending offices located in the Bank’s production offices. Furthermore, the Company’s Commercial Banking segment also offers a wide variety of international finance and trade services and products. The remaining centralized functions, including treasury activities and eliminations of inter-segment amounts, have been aggregated and included in the Other segment, which provides broad administrative support to the two core segments.
 
The Company’s funds transfer pricing assumptions are intended to promote core deposit growth and to reflect the current risk profiles of various loan categories within the credit portfolio. Transfer pricing assumptions and methodologies are reviewed at least annually to ensure that the Company’s process is reflective of current market conditions. The transfer pricing process is formulated with the goal of incenting loan and deposit growth that is consistent with the Company’s overall growth objectives as well as to provide a reasonable and consistent basis for the measurement of the Company’s business segments and product net interest margins.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Operating segment results are based on the Company’s internal management reporting process, which reflects assignments and allocations of certain operating and administrative costs and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income is based on the Company’s internal funds transfer pricing system which assigns a cost of funds or a credit for funds to assets or liabilities based on their type, maturity or repricing characteristics. Noninterest income and noninterest expense, including depreciation and amortization, directly attributable to a segment are assigned to that business segment. Indirect costs, including overhead expense, are allocated to the segments based on several factors, including, but not limited to, full-time equivalent employees, loan volume and deposit volume. The provision for credit losses is allocated based on actual charge-offs for the period as well as average loan balances for each segment during the period. The Company evaluates overall performance based on profit or loss from operations before income taxes excluding nonrecurring gains and losses.
 
Changes in the Company’s management structure or reporting methodologies may result in changes in the measurement of operating segment results. Results for prior periods are generally restated for comparability for changes in management structure or reporting methodologies unless it is not deemed practicable to do so.
 

131



The following tables present the operating results and other key financial measures for the individual operating segments as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012:
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
 
 
Retail
Banking
 
Commercial
Banking
 
Other
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest and dividend income
 
$
378,445

 
$
715,075

 
$
60,178

 
$
1,153,698

Charge for funds used
 
(94,162
)
 
(141,652
)
 
(47,570
)
 
(283,384
)
Interest spread on funds used
 
284,283

 
573,423

 
12,608

 
870,314

Interest expense
 
(48,020
)
 
(15,650
)
 
(49,150
)
 
(112,820
)
Credit on funds provided
 
225,873

 
38,592

 
18,919

 
283,384

Interest spread on funds provided
 
177,853

 
22,942

 
(30,231
)
 
170,564

Net interest income (loss) before provision for loan losses
 
$
462,136

 
$
596,365

 
$
(17,623
)
 
$
1,040,878

Provision for loan losses
 
$
14,979

 
$
34,179

 
$

 
$
49,158

Depreciation, amortization and accretion (1)
 
$
14,376

 
$
(8,372
)
 
$
108,117

 
$
114,121

Goodwill
 
$
357,207

 
$
112,226

 
$

 
$
469,433

Income before provision for income taxes
 
$
166,637

 
$
276,601

 
$
(27,783
)
 
$
415,455

Assets
 
$
7,621,808

 
$
15,595,862

 
$
5,520,379

 
$
28,738,049

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
Retail
Banking
 
Commercial
Banking
 
Other
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest and dividend income
 
$
374,818

 
$
627,118

 
$
66,749

 
$
1,068,685

Charge for funds used
 
(86,552
)
 
(116,161
)
 
(18,244
)
 
(220,957
)
Interest spread on funds used
 
288,266

 
510,957

 
48,505

 
847,728

Interest expense
 
(47,287
)
 
(15,185
)
 
(50,020
)
 
(112,492
)
Credit on funds provided
 
173,194

 
29,262

 
18,501

 
220,957

Interest spread on funds provided
 
125,907

 
14,077

 
(31,519
)
 
108,465

Net interest income before provision for loan losses
 
$
414,173

 
$
525,034

 
$
16,986

 
$
956,193

Provision for loan losses
 
$
10,911

 
$
11,453

 
$

 
$
22,364

Depreciation, amortization and accretion (1)
 
$
19,865

 
$
8,120

 
$
69,125

 
$
97,110

Goodwill
 
$
320,566

 
$
16,872

 
$

 
$
337,438

Income before provision for income taxes
 
$
123,876

 
$
272,369

 
$
29,605

 
$
425,850

Assets
 
$
7,820,191

 
$
11,545,405

 
$
5,364,472

 
$
24,730,068

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
Retail
Banking
 
Commercial
Banking
 
Other
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest and dividend income
 
$
356,244

 
$
617,041

 
$
77,810

 
$
1,051,095

Charge for funds used
 
(85,811
)
 
(118,688
)
 
44,407

 
(160,092
)
Interest spread on funds used
 
270,433

 
498,353

 
122,217

 
891,003

Interest expense
 
(57,401
)
 
(23,226
)
 
(51,541
)
 
(132,168
)
Credit on funds provided
 
130,713

 
13,138

 
16,241

 
160,092

Interest spread on funds provided
 
73,312

 
(10,088
)
 
(35,300
)
 
27,924

Net interest income before provision for loan losses
 
$
343,745

 
$
488,265

 
$
86,917

 
$
918,927

Provision for loan losses
 
$
28,729

 
$
36,455

 
$

 
$
65,184

Depreciation, amortization and accretion (1)
 
$
12,869

 
$
(13,277
)
 
$
44,159

 
$
43,751

Goodwill
 
$
320,566

 
$
16,872

 
$

 
$
337,438

Income before provision for income taxes
 
$
74,836

 
$
266,168

 
$
84,588

 
$
425,592

Assets
 
$
6,552,217

 
$
10,421,160

 
$
5,562,733

 
$
22,536,110

(1)
Includes amortization and accretion related to the FDIC indemnification asset.


132



NOTE 21 PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The financial information of East West Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:
 
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
 
(In thousands)
ASSETS
 
 

 
 

Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
211,053

 
$
79,934

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value
 
8,370

 
69,796

Investment in subsidiaries
 
2,841,684

 
2,400,937

Other investments
 
41,054

 
21,371

Other assets
 
22,474

 
37,037

TOTAL
 
$
3,124,635

 
$
2,609,075

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 

 
 

Long-term debt
 
$
225,848

 
$
226,868

Other liabilities
 
48,219

 
17,982

Total liabilities
 
274,067

 
244,850

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 

 
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 163,772,218 and 163,098,008 shares issued in 2014 and 2013, respectively; 143,582,229 and 137,630,896 shares outstanding in 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
164

 
163

Additional paid in capital
 
1,677,767

 
1,571,670

Retained earnings
 
1,598,598

 
1,360,130

Treasury stock, at cost — 20,189,989 shares in 2014 and 25,467,112 shares in 2013
 
(430,198
)
 
(537,279
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
4,237

 
(30,459
)
Total stockholders’ equity
 
2,850,568

 
2,364,225

TOTAL
 
$
3,124,635

 
$
2,609,075


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands)
Dividends from subsidiaries
 
$
111,701

 
$
319,085

 
$
324,094

Other income
 
7,414

 
821

 
2

Total income
 
119,115

 
319,906

 
324,096

Interest expense
 
4,823

 
3,436

 
3,092

Compensation and net occupancy reimbursement to subsidiary
 
4,039

 
3,662

 
2,573

Other expense
 
50,280

 
12,677

 
1,309

Total expense
 
59,142

 
19,775

 
6,974

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
 
59,973

 
300,131

 
317,122

Income tax benefit
 
80,674

 
22,885

 
2,892

Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries
 
201,836

 
(27,971
)
 
(38,364
)
Net income
 
$
342,483

 
$
295,045

 
$
281,650



133



CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 

Net income
 
$
342,483

 
$
295,045

 
$
281,650

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries
 
(314,225
)
 
(291,659
)
 
(285,636
)
Depreciation and amortization
 
46,365

 
8,806

 
445

Gains on sales of investment securities and other investments
 
(4,357
)
 
(161
)
 

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net
 
(6,513
)
 
(5,522
)
 
(462
)
Net change in other assets
 
186,232

 
293,153

 
322,361

Net change in other liabilities
 
150

 
(41
)
 
(25
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
250,135

 
299,621

 
318,333

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 

Purchases of:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale
 
(9,000
)
 
(69,986
)
 

Equity investments
 
(53,071
)
 
(12,970
)
 
(234
)
Proceeds from sale of:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Investment securities available-for-sale
 
74,002

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
 
11,931

 
(82,956
)
 
(234
)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 

 
 

 
 

Payments for:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Repayment of long-term debt
 
(30,310
)
 
(10,310
)
 

Repurchase of vested shares due to employee tax liability
 
(10,326
)
 
(13,833
)
 
(3,012
)
Cash dividends on preferred stock
 

 
(3,428
)
 
(6,857
)
Cash dividends on common stock
 
(103,618
)
 
(82,862
)
 
(57,361
)
Repurchase of shares of treasury stock pursuant to the Stock Repurchase Plan
 

 
(199,992
)
 
(199,950
)
Proceeds from:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Increase in long-term borrowings
 

 
100,000

 

Issuance of common stock pursuant to various stock plans and agreements
 
6,794

 
3,683

 
3,821

Tax benefit from stock compensation plans, net
 
6,513

 
5,522

 
462

Net cash used in financing activities
 
(130,947
)
 
(201,220
)
 
(262,897
)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
131,119

 
15,445

 
55,202

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
 
79,934

 
64,489

 
9,287

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
 
$
211,053

 
$
79,934

 
$
64,489

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Cash paid during the year for:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Interest
 
$
4,462

 
$
3,292

 
$
3,112

Noncash financing activities:
 
 

 
 

 
 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
 
$

 
$
83,027

 
$

Issuance of common stock related to acquisition
 
$
190,830

 
$

 
$



134



NOTE 22 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited)
 
 

Quarters Ended
 

December 31,

September 30,

June 30,

March 31,
 

(In thousands, except per share data)
2014

 


 


 


 

Interest and dividend income

$
287,135


$
285,948


$
294,442


$
286,173

Interest expense

27,647


28,974


27,992


28,207

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

259,488


256,974


266,450


257,966

Provision for loan losses on non-covered loans

19,671


7,556


8,944


7,954

(Reversal of) provision for loan losses on covered loans

(671
)

7,669


(944
)

(1,021
)
Net interest income after provision for loan losses

240,488


241,749


258,450


251,033

Noninterest income (loss)

7,805


10,342


(14,945
)

(14,916
)
Noninterest expense

135,246


176,979


127,899


124,427

Income before taxes

113,047


75,112


115,606


111,690

Income tax provision (benefit)

20,049


(13,644
)

31,618


34,949

Net income

$
92,998


$
88,756


$
83,988


$
76,741

Basic earnings per share

$
0.65


$
0.62


$
0.59


$
0.54

Diluted earnings per share

$
0.65


$
0.62


$
0.58


$
0.54

2013

 


 


 


 

Interest and dividend income

$
293,203


$
281,706


$
255,353


$
238,423

Interest expense

28,195


27,456


27,709


29,132

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

265,008


254,250


227,644


209,291

Provision for (reversal of) loan losses on non-covered loans

6,286


4,535


8,277


(762
)
(Reversal of) provision for loan losses on covered loans

(820
)

(964
)

723


5,089

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

259,542


250,679


218,644


204,964

Noninterest loss

(36,594
)

(41,421
)

(12,354
)

(2,099
)
Noninterest expense

124,384


100,352


94,420


96,355

Income before taxes

98,564


108,906


111,870


106,510

Income tax provision

22,782


35,749


37,855


34,419

Net income

75,782


73,157


74,015


72,091

Preferred stock dividends





1,714


1,714

Net income available to common stockholders

$
75,782


$
73,157


$
72,301


$
70,377

Basic earnings per share

$
0.55


$
0.53


$
0.52


$
0.51

Diluted earnings per share

$
0.55


$
0.53


$
0.52


$
0.50



NOTE 23 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
Dividend Payout
 
On January 21, 2015, the East West Board of Directors declared first quarter 2015 dividends on the Company’s common stock. The common stock dividend of $0.20 per share is payable on or about February 17, 2015 to stockholders of record on February 2, 2015.
The Company has evaluated the effect of events that have occurred subsequent to December 31, 2014, and there have been no material events that would require recognition in the 2014 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.



135



SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
Dated:
March 2, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
EAST WEST BANCORP INC.
(Registrant)
 
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ DOMINIC NG
 
 
 
 
Dominic Ng
 
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 

136



Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
Title
Date
/s/ DOMINIC NG
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 2, 2015
Dominic Ng
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JULIA GOUW
 
President and Chief Operating Officer
March 2, 2015
Julia Gouw
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ IRENE H. OH
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
March 2, 2015
Irene H. Oh
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN LEE
 
Vice-Chairman and Director
March 2, 2015
John Lee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ MOLLY CAMPBELL
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Molly Campbell
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ IRIS CHAN
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Iris Chan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ RUDOLPH I. ESTRADA
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Rudolph I. Estrada
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ PAUL H. IRVING
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Paul H. Irving
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ TAK-CHUEN CLARENCE KWAN
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Tak-Chuen Clarence Kwan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ HERMAN Y. LI
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Herman Y. Li
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JACK C. LIU
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Jack C. Liu
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ KEITH W. RENKEN
 
Director
March 2, 2015
Keith W. Renken
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



137



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
3.1
 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]
 
 
 
3.2
 
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003.]
 
 
 
3.3
 
Amendment to the Certification of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on April 15, 2005.]
 
 
 
3.4
 
Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Exhibit A of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Commission on April 24, 2008.]
 
 
 
3.5
 
Bylaws of the Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]
 
 
 
3.7
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant dated January 29, 2013 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 29, 2013.]
 
 
 
3.8
 
Certificate of Designations of 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, including Form of Series A Preferred Stock Certificate. [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 30, 2008.]
 
 
 
4.1
 
Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Registrant [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on September 17, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]
 
 
 
4.2
 
Form of Certificate of the Registrant’s 8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 30, 2008.]
 
 
 
10.1
 
Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement – Mr. Ng* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.2
 
Form of July 2011 Executive Compensation Agreement – Julia Gouw* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on July 29, 2011.]
 
 
 
10.3
 
Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Mr. Ng* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.3.1
 
Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Ms. Gouw* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.3.2
 
Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Mr. Krause* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.3.3
 
Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Ms. Oh* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.3.4
 
Form of Agreement Regarding Grants of Incentive Shares and Clawbacks – Mr. Schuler* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.5
 
Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement – Mr. Krause* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.6.1
 
East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan and Forms of Agreements* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on November 13, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]
 
 
 
10.6.2
 
Amended East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement – Exhibit A filed with the Commission on April 14, 2011.]
 
 
 
10.6.3
 
1998 NonQualified Stock Option Program for Employees and Independent Contractors* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]
 
 
 
10.6.4
 
Amended Performance-Based Bonus Plan* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement – Exhibit A filed with the Commission on April 20, 2012.]
 
 
 

138



Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
10.6.5
 
1999 Spirit of Ownership Restricted Stock Program* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]
 
 
 
10.6.6
 
2003 Directors’ Restricted Stock Program* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 9, 2005.]
 
 
 
10.7
 
East West Bancorp, Inc. 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on November 13, 1998 (File No. 333-63605).]
 
 
 
10.9.1
 
Form of Amendment to Employment Agreement – Mr. Schuler* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 10, 2012.]
 
 
 
10.10
 
Amended Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans* [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed with the Commission on March 11, 2005.]
 
 
 
10.12
 
Director Compensation.* Filed herewith.
 
 
 
10.16
 
Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank – All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of United Commercial Bank, San Francisco, California, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and East West Bank, dated as of November 6, 2009 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on November 12, 2009.]
 
 
 
10.17
 
Purchase and Assumption Agreement – Whole Bank – All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Receiver of Washington First International Bank, Seattle, Washington, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and East West Bank, dated as of June 11, 2010 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed with the Commission on August 27, 2010.]
 
 
 
12.1
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
21.1
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm KPMG LLP. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
31.1
 
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
31.2
 
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
32.1
 
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
32.2
 
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
99.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between East West Bancorp, Inc. and MetroCorp Bancshares, Inc. dated September 18, 2013 [Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on September 18, 2013.]
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Extension Presentation Linkbase. Filed herewith.
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Extension Definition Linkbase. Filed herewith.

Forms 8-K, 10-Q and 10-K identified in the exhibit index have SEC file number 000-24939.
 
*    Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 




139